1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large images.
325 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
332 LaTeX and LyX options
335 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
337 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
338 this doesn't work for equations yet.
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
350 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
357 \begin_layout Section
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
367 of the manuals from inside LyX.
368 Just select the manual you want read from the
375 \begin_layout Section
377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
379 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
386 \begin_layout Standard
387 Almost all features of LyX that can be configured via the menu
389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
403 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
404 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
406 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
407 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
412 \begin_inset space \space{}
415 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
416 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
418 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
422 \begin_inset Index idx
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
426 Reconfiguration of LyX
431 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
434 \begin_layout Section
436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
438 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
445 \begin_layout Standard
446 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
447 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
449 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
450 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
454 \begin_layout Standard
455 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
457 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
458 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
461 \begin_layout Standard
462 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
463 you can view from the menu
465 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
485 reconfigure LyX (menu
487 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
491 \begin_inset Note Note
494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
495 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
503 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
504 More about TeX Code is described in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
515 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
522 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
532 \begin_inset Index idx
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 Reconfiguration of LyX
541 See section 5.1 of the
545 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
548 \begin_layout Chapter
552 \begin_layout Section
553 Basic File Operations
554 \begin_inset Index idx
557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
566 \begin_layout Standard
571 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
572 in addition to some more advanced operations:
575 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
623 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 arg "dialog-show print"
693 \begin_layout Itemize
699 \begin_layout Standard
700 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
701 a few minor differences.
704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
719 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
720 you for a template to use.
721 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
722 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
723 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
731 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
738 \begin_layout Standard
739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
771 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
772 space is just that — a big, blank space.
780 \begin_layout Standard
801 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
806 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
831 will reload the document from disk.
832 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
833 and want to restore it to the last save.
842 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
843 can identify them as your changes.
846 \begin_layout Section
847 Basic Editing Features
848 \begin_inset Index idx
851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
860 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
867 \begin_layout Standard
868 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
869 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
870 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
871 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
873 We will start with cut and paste.
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 As you might expect, the
881 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
882 various other editing features.
883 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
887 \begin_layout Itemize
901 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_layout Itemize
949 \begin_layout Itemize
965 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
971 \begin_layout Standard
972 The first three are self-explanatory.
973 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
974 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
983 keys also function as the
988 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
989 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 You will have to do an
994 to get back the lost text.
997 \begin_layout Standard
998 \begin_inset Index idx
1001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1007 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1019 \begin_layout Standard
1022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 \begin_inset space ~
1027 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1033 \begin_inset space ~
1038 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1044 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1048 \begin_inset space ~
1053 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1054 will start a new paragraph.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1058 \begin_inset Index idx
1061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 \begin_inset Index idx
1071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1097 \begin_inset space ~
1103 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1108 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1120 \begin_inset space ~
1125 button to skip the current word.
1129 \begin_inset space ~
1134 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1138 \begin_inset space ~
1143 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1145 If the toggle is set, searching for
1146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1157 will not match the word
1158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1172 Match whole words only
1174 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1203 LyX offers also an advanced
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1215 feature that is described in sec.
1216 \begin_inset space ~
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1222 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1231 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1233 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1238 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1245 \begin_layout Standard
1246 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1249 arg "inset-select-all"
1255 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1258 selects the whole document.
1261 \begin_layout Section
1263 \begin_inset Index idx
1266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1273 \begin_inset Index idx
1276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1285 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1294 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1300 or the toolbar button
1306 to undo some mistake.
1307 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1309 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1312 or the toolbar button
1319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1326 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1330 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1343 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1344 This is a consequence of the 100
1345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1348 step undo limit, above.
1351 \begin_layout Standard
1360 work on almost everything in LyX.
1361 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1365 \begin_layout Section
1367 \begin_inset Index idx
1370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 once anywhere in the edit window.
1394 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1409 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1412 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1415 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1418 \begin_layout Itemize
1419 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1421 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1428 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1433 \begin_layout Standard
1434 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1435 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1523 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1524 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1531 LatexCommand formatted
1532 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1536 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1542 LatexCommand formatted
1543 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1548 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1553 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1554 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1555 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1556 dialog and to modify the citation.
1557 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1564 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1565 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1573 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1576 \begin_layout Standard
1577 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1578 you further to control the display.
1583 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1584 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1589 option keeps it in the current view state.
1590 Keeping means that when you have e.
1591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1595 \begin_inset space \space{}
1598 the subsections of section
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1602 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 3, the subsections of section
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1610 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1615 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1616 \begin_inset space ~
1620 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1630 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 \begin_inset Graphics
1640 filename ../images/reload.png
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1648 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1649 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1652 \begin_inset space \space{}
1656 \begin_inset Graphics
1657 filename ../images/down.png
1659 groupId toolbarbuttons
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1668 \begin_inset space \space{}
1672 \begin_inset Graphics
1673 filename ../images/up.png
1675 groupId toolbarbuttons
1680 \begin_inset space ~
1683 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1684 So, for example, you can move section
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1692 2.4 or after section
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1697 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1699 \begin_inset Graphics
1700 filename ../images/promote.png
1702 groupId toolbarbuttons
1707 \begin_inset Graphics
1708 filename ../images/demote.png
1710 groupId toolbarbuttons
1714 (or the corresponding key bindings
1722 ) you can change the level of sections.
1723 So you can for example make section
1724 \begin_inset space ~
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1738 \begin_layout Section
1739 Input / Word Completion
1740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1742 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1747 \begin_inset Index idx
1750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1791 \begin_layout Standard
1792 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1794 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1795 is used to propose completions.
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1801 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1806 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1822 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1826 \begin_inset space ~
1831 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1832 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1842 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1843 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1846 \begin_layout Standard
1847 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that there are
1848 completions available.
1853 key to accept a proposed completion.
1854 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1855 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1856 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1863 \begin_layout Standard
1864 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1865 ing options for text.
1866 The special math option
1870 enables that characters can be composed.
1871 If you for example want to insert the character
1872 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1875 , you can then input the characters
1876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1887 to a formula to get it.
1888 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1889 of the math toolbar.
1890 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1894 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1895 Math autocorrection can any time turned on by pressing the exclamation
1904 \begin_layout Section
1906 \begin_inset Index idx
1909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1916 \begin_inset Index idx
1919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1948 \begin_inset Index idx
1951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1982 \begin_layout Standard
1983 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1996 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1998 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2004 \begin_layout Standard
2008 \begin_inset space ~
2016 \begin_inset space ~
2037 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2041 \begin_layout Labeling
2042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2046 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2047 LatexCommand nomenclature
2049 description "Tabulator key"
2055 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2056 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2057 \begin_inset space ~
2061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2063 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2070 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2074 , especially section
2075 \begin_inset space ~
2079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2081 reference "sub:Lists"
2087 If you're still confused, look in the
2092 \begin_inset Newline newline
2095 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2098 \begin_layout Labeling
2099 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2103 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2104 LatexCommand nomenclature
2106 description "Escape key"
2113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2120 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2121 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2124 \begin_layout Labeling
2125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2142 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2143 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2147 \begin_layout Standard
2148 There are three modifier keys:
2151 \begin_layout Labeling
2152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2170 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2171 LatexCommand nomenclature
2173 description "Control key"
2177 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2178 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2182 \begin_layout Itemize
2191 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2194 \begin_layout Itemize
2203 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2206 \begin_layout Itemize
2215 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2219 \begin_layout Labeling
2220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2238 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2239 LatexCommand nomenclature
2241 description "Shift key"
2245 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2246 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2249 \begin_layout Labeling
2250 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2268 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2269 LatexCommand nomenclature
2271 description "Alt or Meta key"
2275 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2276 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2277 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2283 \begin_inset Newline newline
2286 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2288 menu accelerator keys
2291 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2292 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2296 \begin_layout Standard
2297 For example, the sequence
2298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2304 \begin_inset space ~
2308 \begin_inset space ~
2314 \begin_inset space ~
2322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2341 \begin_inset space ~
2347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2362 manual lists all other things bound to the
2370 \begin_layout Standard
2371 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2372 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2373 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2374 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2375 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2376 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2377 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2379 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2395 followed by a capital
2402 \begin_layout Standard
2403 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2405 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2410 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2413 as explained in sec.
2414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2420 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2427 \begin_layout Chapter
2429 \begin_inset Index idx
2432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2441 \begin_layout Section
2443 \begin_inset Index idx
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2455 \begin_layout Subsection
2459 \begin_layout Standard
2460 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2461 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2462 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2463 numbering schemes, and so on.
2464 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2465 and format the title of your document differently.
2468 \begin_layout Standard
2473 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2474 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2475 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2476 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2477 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2482 how to adjust their properties.
2485 \begin_layout Subsection
2487 \begin_inset Index idx
2490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2499 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2506 \begin_layout Standard
2507 You can select a class using the
2509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2510 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2514 \begin_inset Index idx
2517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2524 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2532 \begin_layout Standard
2533 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 Article for basic articles
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Report for basic reports
2545 \begin_layout Description
2546 Book for writing a book
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Letter for US-style letters
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2555 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2556 will include many of these.
2557 Here are some of the classes.
2558 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2560 Special Document Classes
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2578 \begin_layout Description
2579 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2585 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2586 There are three article layouts available.
2587 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2588 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2589 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2590 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2595 sequential numbering
2596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2599 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2600 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2601 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2602 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 Beamer Layout for presentations
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2611 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2619 \begin_layout Description
2621 \begin_inset space ~
2624 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2627 \begin_layout Description
2628 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Foils Used to make transparencies
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2637 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2643 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2646 \begin_layout Description
2647 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2656 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2657 (Is used by this document.)
2660 \begin_layout Description
2661 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2664 \begin_layout Description
2665 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2668 \begin_layout Description
2673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2680 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2681 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2683 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2686 \begin_layout Description
2687 Slides Used to make transparencies
2690 \begin_layout Description
2692 \begin_inset space ~
2695 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2696 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2699 \begin_layout Description
2700 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2703 \begin_layout Standard
2704 We will not go into any detail about how to use these different document
2706 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2712 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2713 of the document classes.
2716 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2720 \begin_layout Standard
2721 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2723 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2724 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2726 \begin_inset Index idx
2729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2746 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2747 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2749 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2754 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2755 and some of them, like
2759 , are highly specialized.
2760 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2761 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2763 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2764 by some document class.
2765 There are just too many of them.
2766 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2769 \begin_layout Standard
2770 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2778 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2779 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2780 document class for a new file.
2781 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2786 Installing new LaTeX files
2787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2794 manual for information on how to install them.
2795 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2801 \begin_layout Standard
2802 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2803 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2805 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2806 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2807 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2809 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2812 \begin_inset space ~
2819 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2831 \begin_inset Index idx
2834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2845 chosen document class.
2846 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2847 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2858 \begin_inset Index idx
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2868 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2872 \begin_layout Standard
2873 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2874 always installed by default.
2875 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2876 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2877 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2878 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2879 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2880 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2881 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2884 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2888 \begin_inset Index idx
2891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2892 Reconfiguration of LyX
2898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2901 Installing new LaTeX files
2902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2909 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2912 \begin_layout Standard
2913 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2921 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2922 LyX will advise you about these things.
2930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2934 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2939 \begin_inset Index idx
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 Document ! Local Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2953 used in a variety of different documents.
2954 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2955 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2956 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2957 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2958 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2959 What you want is LyX's
2960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2976 manual for information on how to use it.
2979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2983 \begin_layout Standard
2984 Each class has a default set of options.
2985 Here's a quick table describing them:
2988 \begin_layout Standard
2989 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2995 \begin_layout Standard
2997 \begin_inset Tabular
2998 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2999 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3459 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3465 \begin_layout Standard
3466 You're probably also wondering what
3467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3471 \begin_inset space ~
3475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3479 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3480 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3485 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3490 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3500 headings, there are also
3508 headings, and so on.
3509 We will describe these headings fully in section
3510 \begin_inset space ~
3514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3516 reference "sub:Headings"
3523 \begin_layout Subsection
3525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3527 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3532 \begin_inset Index idx
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_inset Index idx
3547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3557 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3566 \begin_inset space ~
3574 \begin_inset space ~
3579 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3581 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3582 to use for your document.
3583 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3587 \begin_layout Standard
3594 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3600 \begin_inset space ~
3605 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3606 You can choose between the following five options:
3609 \begin_layout Labeling
3610 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3615 Use default page style of current class.
3618 \begin_layout Labeling
3619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3624 No page numbers or headings.
3627 \begin_layout Labeling
3628 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3636 \begin_layout Labeling
3637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3642 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3643 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3644 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3647 \begin_layout Labeling
3648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3653 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3654 have the LaTeX-package
3659 \begin_inset Index idx
3662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3663 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3669 How they are defined is explained in section
3670 \begin_inset space ~
3674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3676 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3685 \begin_inset space ~
3689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3691 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3698 \begin_layout Subsection
3699 Paper Size and Orientation
3700 \begin_inset Index idx
3703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3704 Document ! Paper size
3710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3712 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3719 \begin_layout Standard
3720 You find the following options in the menu
3723 \begin_inset space ~
3730 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3736 \begin_inset Index idx
3739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3748 \begin_layout Labeling
3749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3753 \begin_inset space ~
3758 What size paper to print on.
3763 \begin_layout Itemize
3769 \begin_layout Itemize
3775 \begin_layout Itemize
3781 \begin_layout Itemize
3787 \begin_layout Itemize
3790 US letter, US legal, US executive
3793 \begin_layout Itemize
3799 \begin_layout Itemize
3806 \begin_layout Labeling
3807 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3812 To choose whether to output as
3823 \begin_layout Labeling
3824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3828 \begin_inset space ~
3833 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3834 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3837 \begin_layout Subsection
3839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3846 \begin_inset Index idx
3849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3856 \begin_inset Index idx
3859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3869 Paper margins are set in the menu
3871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3875 \begin_inset Index idx
3878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3887 \begin_layout Standard
3888 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3889 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3890 the paper format and the font size into account.
3893 \begin_layout Subsection
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3903 That includes the paragraph environments.
3904 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3905 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3906 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3907 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3916 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3918 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3919 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3920 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3923 \begin_layout Section
3924 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3925 \begin_inset Index idx
3928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3929 Paragraph ! Indentation
3937 \begin_layout Subsection
3939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3941 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3948 \begin_layout Standard
3949 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3950 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3953 \begin_layout Standard
3954 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3955 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3956 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3957 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3961 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3967 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3968 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3969 language than English.
3970 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3973 \begin_layout Standard
3974 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3975 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3977 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3978 LyX takes care of that.
3979 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3981 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3982 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3983 of a page, and so on.
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3988 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3993 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3994 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3998 of these pre-coded spacings.
3999 We will explain more later.
4002 \begin_layout Subsection
4003 Paragraph Separation
4004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4006 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4011 \begin_inset Index idx
4014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4015 Paragraph ! Separation
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 To separate paragraphs, select
4035 \begin_inset space ~
4042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4046 \begin_inset Index idx
4049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4055 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4058 \begin_layout Subsection
4062 \begin_layout Standard
4063 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4066 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4068 \begin_inset space ~
4073 dialog and toggle the
4076 \begin_inset space ~
4081 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4084 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4088 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4089 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4093 \begin_layout Standard
4094 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4095 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4098 \begin_layout Subsection
4100 \begin_inset Index idx
4103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4104 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4112 \begin_layout Standard
4115 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4119 \begin_inset Index idx
4122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4134 \begin_inset space ~
4143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4144 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4149 \begin_inset Index idx
4152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4153 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4158 installed to use this feature.
4166 \begin_layout Section
4167 Paragraph Environments
4168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4170 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4175 \begin_inset Index idx
4178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4179 Paragraph ! Environments
4185 \begin_inset Index idx
4188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4189 Paragraph environments|(
4197 \begin_layout Subsection
4201 \begin_layout Standard
4202 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4224 \begin_inset Newline newline
4227 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4228 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4229 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4238 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 A paragraph environment is simply a
4243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4250 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4251 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4252 scheme, labels, and so on.
4253 Additionally, you can
4254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4261 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4262 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4263 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4264 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4265 days of typewriters.
4266 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4268 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4271 \begin_layout Standard
4272 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4273 \begin_inset Graphics
4274 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4280 at the left end of the toolbar.
4281 LyX will change the environment of the
4285 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4286 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4287 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4300 create a new paragraph using the
4304 paragraph environment.
4306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4313 because if you are in one of these environments:
4316 \begin_layout Itemize
4322 \begin_layout Itemize
4328 \begin_layout Itemize
4334 \begin_layout Itemize
4340 \begin_layout Itemize
4346 \begin_layout Itemize
4352 \begin_layout Itemize
4358 \begin_layout Standard
4359 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4363 , rather than resetting it to
4368 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4369 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4370 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4371 \begin_inset space ~
4375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4377 reference "sec:Nesting"
4382 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4387 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4388 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4392 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4398 \begin_layout Subsection
4402 \begin_layout Standard
4403 The default paragraph environment is
4408 It creates a plain paragraph.
4409 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4410 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4411 this manual) are in the
4418 \begin_layout Standard
4419 You can nest a paragraph using the
4423 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4431 \begin_layout Subsection
4433 \begin_inset Index idx
4436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4445 \begin_layout Standard
4446 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4455 for thanks or contact information.
4456 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4457 page along with today's date.
4458 For other types of documents, the title
4459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4466 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4470 \begin_layout Standard
4471 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4485 Here's how you use them:
4488 \begin_layout Itemize
4489 Put the title of your document in the
4496 \begin_layout Itemize
4497 Put the author name in the
4504 \begin_layout Itemize
4505 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4506 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4512 Note that using this environment is optional.
4513 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4514 If you don't want any date, add the line
4515 \begin_inset Newline newline
4525 \begin_inset Newline newline
4528 to the preamble of your document (menu
4530 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4537 You can use footnotes to insert
4538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4545 or contact information.
4548 \begin_layout Subsection
4550 \begin_inset Index idx
4553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4569 \begin_layout Standard
4570 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4571 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4576 \begin_inset Index idx
4579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4580 Section headings ! Numbered
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4593 \begin_layout Enumerate
4599 \begin_layout Enumerate
4605 \begin_layout Enumerate
4611 \begin_layout Enumerate
4617 \begin_layout Enumerate
4623 \begin_layout Enumerate
4629 \begin_layout Enumerate
4635 \begin_layout Standard
4636 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4637 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4638 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4641 \begin_layout Standard
4642 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4643 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4644 You group the book into chapters.
4645 LyX does similar grouping:
4648 \begin_layout Itemize
4653 is divided in either
4664 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 \begin_layout Itemize
4688 \begin_layout Itemize
4700 \begin_layout Itemize
4712 \begin_layout Itemize
4724 \begin_layout Standard
4725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4733 Not all document types use the
4737 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4742 is the top-level heading.
4750 \begin_layout Standard
4755 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4756 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4758 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4772 \begin_inset Index idx
4775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4776 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4784 \begin_layout Standard
4785 The unnumbered section headings have a
4786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4793 at the end of their name.
4794 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4795 the table of contents, see section
4796 \begin_inset space ~
4800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4810 Changing the Numbering
4811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4813 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4820 \begin_layout Standard
4821 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4822 in the Table of Contents.
4823 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4825 Certain classes start with
4839 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4849 This is something you can change.
4852 \begin_layout Standard
4855 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4861 \begin_inset Index idx
4864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4875 \begin_inset space ~
4879 \begin_inset space ~
4884 you will see two counters.
4889 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4891 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4896 Short Titles of Headings
4897 \begin_inset Index idx
4900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4901 Section headings ! Short titles
4907 \begin_inset Argument
4910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4919 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4927 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4928 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4929 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4930 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4933 \begin_layout Standard
4934 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4935 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4936 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4937 To specify a short title, use the menu
4939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4941 \begin_inset space ~
4947 This will insert a box labeled
4948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4963 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4964 This also works for captions inside floats.
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4975 \begin_layout Standard
4976 The following information applies to all section headings:
4979 \begin_layout Itemize
4980 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4983 \begin_layout Itemize
4984 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4987 \begin_layout Itemize
4988 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4991 \begin_layout Itemize
4992 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4995 \begin_layout Subsection
4996 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4999 \begin_layout Standard
5000 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5014 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5015 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5016 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5017 the text they contain.
5018 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5026 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5029 \begin_layout Standard
5030 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5039 when you start a new paragraph.
5040 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5044 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5045 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5046 to change back to the
5050 environment yourself.
5053 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5070 \begin_inset Index idx
5073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5084 time for the differences.
5093 are identical except for one difference:
5097 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5106 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5109 \begin_layout Standard
5110 Here's an example of the
5123 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5125 See – no indentation!
5129 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5130 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5131 the other paragraph.
5134 \begin_layout Standard
5135 Here's another example, this time in the
5142 \begin_layout Quotation
5148 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5149 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5150 the first line, then
5154 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5158 you were quoting other text.
5161 \begin_layout Quotation
5162 Here's a new paragraph.
5163 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5164 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 As the examples show,
5172 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5173 They should put quotes in the
5178 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5182 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5191 \begin_inset Index idx
5194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5203 \begin_inset Index idx
5206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5227 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5233 \begin_inset Newline newline
5236 Which I did not rehearse!
5240 It could be much worse.
5241 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5243 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5244 indented a bit more than the first.
5245 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5251 \begin_inset Newline newline
5254 And make things look fine
5255 \begin_inset Newline newline
5261 arg "newline-insert newline"
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5272 does not indent both margins.
5273 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5274 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5281 arg "newline-insert newline"
5287 \begin_layout Subsection
5289 \begin_inset Index idx
5292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5308 \begin_layout Standard
5309 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5319 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5328 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5329 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5330 describing some general features of all four of them.
5333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5337 \begin_layout Standard
5338 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5340 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5349 reset the environment to
5353 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5354 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5355 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5359 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5362 to break paragraphs.
5365 \begin_layout Standard
5366 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5367 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5369 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5370 you read all of section
5371 \begin_inset space ~
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5377 reference "sec:Nesting"
5385 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5391 \begin_inset Index idx
5394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5411 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5415 paragraph environment.
5416 It has the following properties:
5419 \begin_layout Itemize
5420 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5428 \begin_layout Itemize
5429 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5434 The items can have any length.
5435 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5436 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5443 \begin_layout Itemize
5448 environment inside another
5452 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5461 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5464 \begin_layout Itemize
5466 \begin_inset space ~
5470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5472 reference "sec:Nesting"
5476 for a full explanation of nesting.
5480 \begin_layout Standard
5481 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5490 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5493 \begin_layout Standard
5494 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5495 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5498 \begin_layout Itemize
5499 The label for the first level
5503 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5507 \begin_layout Itemize
5508 The label for the second level is a dash.
5512 \begin_layout Itemize
5513 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5517 \begin_layout Itemize
5518 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5522 \begin_layout Itemize
5523 Back out to the third level.
5527 \begin_layout Itemize
5528 Back to the second level.
5532 \begin_layout Itemize
5533 Back to the outermost level.
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5537 These are the default labels for an
5542 You can customize these labels in the
5544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5547 dialog in the submenu
5554 \begin_inset Index idx
5557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5566 \begin_layout Standard
5567 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5568 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5570 \begin_inset space ~
5574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5576 reference "sec:Nesting"
5583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5589 \begin_inset Index idx
5592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5601 name "sec:Enumerate"
5608 \begin_layout Standard
5613 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5614 It has these properties:
5617 \begin_layout Enumerate
5618 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5622 \begin_layout Enumerate
5623 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5627 \begin_layout Enumerate
5628 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5631 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 environment resets the counter to one.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 \begin_layout Enumerate
5653 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5654 Items can have any length.
5657 \begin_layout Enumerate
5658 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5670 \begin_layout Standard
5679 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5680 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5687 \begin_layout Enumerate
5688 The first level of an
5692 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5696 \begin_layout Enumerate
5697 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5701 \begin_layout Enumerate
5702 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5706 \begin_layout Enumerate
5707 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5710 \begin_layout Enumerate
5711 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5716 \begin_layout Enumerate
5717 Back to the third level
5721 \begin_layout Enumerate
5722 Back to the second level.
5726 \begin_layout Enumerate
5727 Back to the outermost level.
5730 \begin_layout Standard
5731 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5736 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5741 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5745 \begin_layout Standard
5746 There is more to nesting
5750 environments than we've stated here.
5751 You should read section
5752 \begin_inset space ~
5756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5758 reference "sec:Nesting"
5762 to learn more about nesting.
5765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5771 \begin_inset Index idx
5774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5783 \begin_layout Standard
5784 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5788 list has no fixed label.
5789 Instead, LyX uses the first
5790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5797 of the first line as the label.
5801 \begin_layout Description
5802 Example: This is an example of the
5809 \begin_layout Standard
5810 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5814 \begin_layout Standard
5816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5823 it is meant that the first hit of the
5827 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5829 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5837 arg "space-insert protected"
5842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5843 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5845 \begin_inset space ~
5851 \begin_inset space ~
5855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5857 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5861 for more info.) Here is an example:
5864 \begin_layout Description
5866 \begin_inset space ~
5869 Example: This one shows how to use a
5872 \begin_inset space ~
5884 \begin_layout Description
5885 Usage: You should use the
5889 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5890 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5892 It's not a good idea to use a
5896 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5897 You're better off using
5909 paragraphs into them.
5912 \begin_layout Description
5913 Nesting: You can nest
5917 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5921 \begin_layout Standard
5922 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5923 them from the first line.
5926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5932 \begin_inset Index idx
5935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5944 \begin_layout Standard
5949 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5952 \begin_layout Standard
5953 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5961 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5966 environment is named
5978 \begin_layout Standard
5987 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5988 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5991 \begin_layout Labeling
5992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5994 \begin_inset space ~
5997 labels LyX uses the first
5998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6005 of each line as the item label.
6010 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6011 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6012 blank as described above.
6015 \begin_layout Labeling
6016 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6017 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6018 the body of the item text.
6019 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6020 label width plus a little extra space.
6024 \begin_layout Labeling
6025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6027 \begin_inset space ~
6030 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6032 If the label width is larger, the label
6033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6040 into the first line.
6041 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6042 margin of the rest of the item text.
6045 \begin_layout Labeling
6046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6048 \begin_inset space ~
6051 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6056 environment have the same left margin.
6057 \begin_inset Newline newline
6060 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6063 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6074 \begin_inset space ~
6079 determines the default label width.
6080 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6089 multiple times instead.
6090 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6099 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6102 \begin_inset space ~
6107 every time you alter a label in a
6112 \begin_inset Newline newline
6115 The predefined default width is the length of
6116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6125 \begin_inset Newline newline
6129 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6137 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6138 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6151 environment the same way like the
6155 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6161 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6165 \begin_layout Standard
6170 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6172 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6180 reference "sec:Nesting"
6184 to learn about nesting.
6187 \begin_layout Standard
6188 There is yet another feature of the
6192 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6194 You can use additional
6198 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6203 are documented in section
6204 \begin_inset space ~
6208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6210 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6215 Here are some examples:
6218 \begin_layout Labeling
6219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6220 Left The default for
6227 \begin_layout Labeling
6228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6236 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6239 \begin_layout Labeling
6240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6245 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6252 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6255 \begin_layout Subsection
6257 \begin_inset Index idx
6260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6273 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6275 in the document settings.
6276 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6281 \begin_inset Index idx
6284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6285 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6294 Custom Enumerate Lists
6295 \begin_inset Index idx
6298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6299 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6309 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6315 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6316 There you add the command
6319 \begin_layout Standard
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6328 in TeX Code (shortcut
6338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6339 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6340 \begin_inset space ~
6344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6346 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6359 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6366 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6367 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6380 For Arabic numerals use
6388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6395 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6412 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 You can only number 26
6421 \begin_inset space ~
6424 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6433 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6434 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6437 \begin_layout Standard
6438 As example a list with custom numbering:
6441 \begin_layout Enumerate
6442 \begin_inset Argument
6445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6471 \begin_layout Enumerate
6472 \begin_inset Argument
6475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6498 \begin_layout Enumerate
6503 \begin_layout Enumerate
6504 \begin_inset Argument
6507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6531 \begin_layout Enumerate
6532 \begin_inset Argument
6535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 \begin_layout Standard
6562 For this list these commands were used:
6565 \begin_layout Standard
6576 \begin_inset Newline newline
6584 \begin_inset Newline newline
6592 \begin_inset Newline newline
6602 \begin_layout Standard
6609 makes the label emphasized and
6618 \begin_layout Standard
6619 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6627 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6628 lists until you change the definition.
6636 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6638 \begin_inset Index idx
6641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6642 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6650 \begin_layout Standard
6651 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6654 \begin_layout Enumerate
6655 \begin_inset Argument
6658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6677 \begin_inset Note Note
6680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6681 goes back to default numbering
6689 \begin_layout Enumerate
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6697 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6702 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6707 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6708 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6712 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6720 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6728 \begin_layout Standard
6729 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6731 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6732 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6733 of a normal new enumeration.
6734 There insert the command
6737 \begin_layout Standard
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6748 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6752 \begin_layout Enumerate
6756 \begin_layout Enumerate
6760 \begin_layout Standard
6761 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6764 \begin_layout Enumerate
6765 \begin_inset Argument
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6784 This enumeration starts at 4
6787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6789 \begin_inset Index idx
6792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6804 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6807 \begin_layout Itemize
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 with standard spacing
6815 \begin_layout Standard
6816 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6818 There add the command
6822 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6825 \begin_layout Itemize
6826 \begin_inset Argument
6829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6848 \begin_layout Itemize
6852 \begin_layout Itemize
6856 \begin_layout Standard
6857 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6863 \begin_inset Index idx
6866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6867 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6873 For more info see its documentation,
6874 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6883 \begin_layout Standard
6884 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6886 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6887 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6891 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6894 \begin_layout Enumerate
6895 \begin_inset Argument
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6906 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6919 \begin_layout Enumerate
6920 with negative indentation
6923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6924 Further Customization
6925 \begin_inset Index idx
6928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6929 Lists ! Customization
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6938 You can also change the style of description lists.
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6949 changes the description label font, the command
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6958 \begin_layout Standard
6959 sets the list style.
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6963 An example where the command
6966 \begin_layout Standard
6971 itshape, style=nextline
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6978 \begin_layout Description
6980 \begin_inset space ~
6984 \begin_inset Argument
6987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6993 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6995 itshape, style=nextline
7005 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7006 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7010 \begin_layout Description
7012 \begin_inset space ~
7015 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7016 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7017 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7021 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7027 \begin_inset Index idx
7030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7031 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7037 For more info see its documentation,
7038 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7047 \begin_layout Subsection
7049 \begin_inset Index idx
7052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7061 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7077 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7086 \begin_inset space ~
7092 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7093 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7094 In contrast, you can use the
7101 \begin_inset space ~
7106 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7107 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7111 \begin_layout Standard
7112 Of course, you're not limited to using
7119 \begin_inset space ~
7128 \begin_inset space ~
7133 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7134 some European academic papers.
7137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7141 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7148 \begin_layout Standard
7153 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7154 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7158 \begin_inset space ~
7163 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7164 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7165 Here's an example of each:
7168 \begin_layout Right Address
7170 \begin_inset Newline newline
7174 \begin_inset Newline newline
7178 \begin_inset Newline newline
7181 When is it? What is today?
7184 \begin_layout Standard
7188 \begin_inset space ~
7194 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7195 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7196 Here's an example of the
7203 \begin_layout Address
7205 \begin_inset Newline newline
7208 Where do I send this
7209 \begin_inset Newline newline
7212 Your post office and country
7215 \begin_layout Standard
7216 As you can see, both
7223 \begin_inset space ~
7228 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7233 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7239 This makes sense, since
7247 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7248 Thus, you have to use
7255 arg "newline-insert newline"
7261 \begin_inset space ~
7264 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7266 \begin_inset space ~
7275 menu) to start a new line in an
7282 \begin_inset space ~
7290 \begin_layout Subsection
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7295 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7296 or list of references.
7297 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7300 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7304 \begin_inset Index idx
7307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7316 \begin_layout Standard
7321 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7322 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7323 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7324 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7328 in anything else or vice versa.
7334 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7335 The book document classes ignores the
7339 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7343 in a letter document class.
7346 \begin_layout Standard
7351 environment does several things for you.
7352 First, it puts the centered label
7353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7361 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7363 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7364 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7365 the subsequent text.
7366 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7367 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7375 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7376 The new paragraph will still be in the
7381 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7382 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7385 \begin_layout Standard
7386 \begin_inset Float figure
7391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7393 \begin_inset Graphics
7394 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7402 \begin_inset Caption
7404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7407 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7428 \begin_layout Standard
7429 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7433 environment, but since this document is in the
7434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7441 class, we can't do this.
7442 We inserted it therefore as figure
7443 \begin_inset space ~
7447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7449 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7454 If you've never heard of an
7455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7462 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7465 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7471 \begin_inset Index idx
7474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7483 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7490 \begin_layout Standard
7495 environment is used to list references.
7496 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7497 only use it at the end of the document.
7502 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7505 \begin_layout Standard
7506 When you first open a
7510 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7526 depending on the document class.
7527 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7528 Each paragraph of the
7532 environment is a bibliography entry.
7537 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7538 Each new paragraph is still in the
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7546 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7547 by using a BibTeX database.
7548 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7549 phy handling, have a look at in section
7550 \begin_inset space ~
7554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7556 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7563 \begin_layout Subsection
7567 \begin_inset Index idx
7570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7571 Paragraph ! LyX code
7577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7586 \begin_layout Standard
7591 environment is another LyX extension.
7592 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7597 key as a fixed whitespace;
7601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7613 \begin_inset space ~
7618 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7623 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7624 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7627 arg "newline-insert newline"
7644 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7645 So, when you finish using the
7649 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7650 Also, you can nest the
7654 environment inside of others.
7657 \begin_layout Standard
7658 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7661 \begin_layout Itemize
7665 arg "newline-insert newline"
7668 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7673 \begin_inset space \space{}
7683 arg "newline-insert newline"
7689 \begin_layout Itemize
7693 arg "newline-insert newline"
7704 \begin_layout Itemize
7709 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7716 \begin_layout Itemize
7720 arg "space-insert protected"
7727 \begin_layout Itemize
7728 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7729 You must put at least one
7733 in any line you want blank.
7734 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7737 \begin_layout Itemize
7738 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7742 since that will insert
7747 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7750 arg "self-insert \""
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7776 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7777 printf("Hello World!
7782 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7786 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7791 This is just the standard
7792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7803 \begin_layout Standard
7808 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7809 rc-files, and so on.
7810 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7811 as if you used a typewriter.
7812 \begin_inset Index idx
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 Paragraph environments|)
7821 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7824 Program Code Listings
7829 \begin_inset space ~
7837 \begin_layout Section
7838 Nesting Environments
7839 \begin_inset Index idx
7842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7843 Nesting ! Environments
7849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7858 \begin_layout Subsection
7862 \begin_layout Standard
7863 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7865 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7867 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7869 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7881 \begin_layout Enumerate
7885 \begin_layout Enumerate
7890 \begin_layout Enumerate
7894 \begin_layout Enumerate
7899 \begin_layout Enumerate
7903 \begin_layout Standard
7904 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7905 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7908 \begin_inset space ~
7912 \begin_inset space ~
7920 \begin_inset space ~
7924 \begin_inset space ~
7933 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7934 will tell you how far you are nested).
7935 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7938 arg "depth-increment"
7944 arg "depth-decrement"
7947 or the convenient key bindings
7958 arg "depth-increment"
7964 arg "depth-decrement"
7967 to change the nesting level.
7968 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7969 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7975 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7976 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7977 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7980 \begin_layout Standard
7981 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7982 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7984 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7987 \begin_layout Subsection
7988 What You Can and Can't Nest
7991 \begin_layout Standard
7992 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7993 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7996 \begin_layout Standard
7997 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7998 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7999 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8002 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 Completely unnestable
8006 \begin_layout Itemize
8007 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8011 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8016 \begin_layout Standard
8017 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8018 environments have them:
8021 \begin_layout Description
8022 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8023 Can't nest into them.
8027 \begin_layout Itemize
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 \begin_layout Description
8060 \begin_inset space ~
8063 Nestable You can nest them.
8064 You can nest other things into them.
8068 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \begin_layout Itemize
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \begin_layout Itemize
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8110 \begin_layout Itemize
8117 \begin_layout Description
8118 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8119 You can't nest anything into them.
8123 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8141 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8189 \begin_layout Itemize
8195 \begin_layout Itemize
8201 \begin_layout Itemize
8205 \begin_inset space ~
8211 \begin_layout Itemize
8218 \begin_layout Standard
8219 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8227 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8236 \begin_inset space ~
8240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8244 \begin_inset space \space{}
8247 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8248 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8249 section headings violate this.
8257 \begin_layout Subsection
8258 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8259 \begin_inset Index idx
8262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8263 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8271 \begin_layout Standard
8272 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8273 affected by nesting anyhow.
8277 \begin_layout Itemize
8281 \begin_layout Itemize
8285 \begin_layout Itemize
8289 \begin_layout Standard
8291 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8299 Figures and tables in
8303 are not affected by this.
8308 Have a look at section
8309 \begin_inset space ~
8313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8315 reference "sec:Floats"
8319 for more information about
8326 \begin_layout Standard
8327 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8328 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8332 \begin_layout Standard
8333 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8341 of its own, it behaves just like a
8342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8349 paragraph environment.
8350 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 Here's an example with a table:
8358 \begin_layout Enumerate
8363 \begin_layout Enumerate
8364 This is (a) and it's nested.
8368 \begin_layout Standard
8369 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8375 \begin_layout Standard
8377 \begin_inset Tabular
8378 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8379 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8465 \begin_layout Standard
8466 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8475 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8479 \begin_layout Enumerate
8483 \begin_layout Standard
8484 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8487 \begin_layout Enumerate
8492 \begin_layout Enumerate
8493 This is (a) and it's nested.
8497 \begin_layout Standard
8498 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8504 \begin_layout Standard
8506 \begin_inset Tabular
8507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8508 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8594 \begin_layout Standard
8595 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8601 \begin_layout Enumerate
8608 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8611 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8616 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8620 \begin_layout Standard
8621 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8623 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8626 \begin_layout Enumerate
8631 \begin_layout Enumerate
8632 This is (a) and it's nested.
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8636 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8642 \begin_layout Standard
8644 \begin_inset Tabular
8645 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8646 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8732 \begin_layout Standard
8733 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8739 \begin_layout Enumerate
8741 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8749 \begin_layout Enumerate
8753 \begin_layout Standard
8754 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8760 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8761 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8765 \begin_layout Subsection
8766 Usage and General Features
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8770 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8779 is the innermost possible depth.
8780 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8783 \begin_layout Enumerate
8784 level #1 – outermost
8788 \begin_layout Enumerate
8793 \begin_layout Enumerate
8798 \begin_layout Enumerate
8803 \begin_layout Itemize
8808 \begin_layout Itemize
8817 \begin_layout Standard
8818 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8819 both of them in the example.
8820 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8830 For example, if we tried to nest another
8835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8842 , we would get errors.
8845 \begin_layout Subsection
8847 \begin_inset Index idx
8850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8860 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8861 We have several examples of nested environments.
8862 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8867 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8870 \begin_layout Labeling
8871 \labelwidthstring MMM
8872 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8881 \begin_layout Labeling
8882 \labelwidthstring MMM
8883 #2-a This is level #2.
8884 We created it by using
8887 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8893 arg "depth-increment"
8900 \begin_layout Labeling
8901 \labelwidthstring MMM
8902 #3-a This is level #3.
8903 This time, we just hit
8910 arg "depth-increment"
8914 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8918 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8924 arg "depth-increment"
8931 \begin_layout Standard
8936 environment, nested inside of
8937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8945 So, it's at level #4.
8946 We did this by hitting
8949 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8955 arg "depth-increment"
8958 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8963 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8979 \begin_layout Standard
8984 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8987 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8993 \begin_layout Labeling
8994 \labelwidthstring MMM
8995 #4-a This is level #4.
8999 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9002 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9007 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9011 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9016 keep nesting things inside
9017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9028 \begin_layout Labeling
9029 \labelwidthstring MMM
9030 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9037 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9038 and this is level #6.
9039 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9043 \begin_layout Labeling
9044 \labelwidthstring MMM
9045 #5-b Back to level #5.
9049 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9055 arg "depth-decrement"
9062 \begin_layout Labeling
9063 \labelwidthstring MMM
9067 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9073 arg "depth-decrement"
9076 , we're back at level #4.
9080 \begin_layout Labeling
9081 \labelwidthstring MMM
9082 #3-b Back to level #3.
9083 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9087 \begin_layout Labeling
9088 \labelwidthstring MMM
9089 #2-b Back to level #2.
9094 \begin_layout Labeling
9095 \labelwidthstring MMM
9096 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9097 After this sentence, we will hit
9101 and change the paragraph environment back to
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 We could have also used the
9125 environment in place of the
9130 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9134 Example 2: Inheritance
9137 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9138 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9141 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9150 arg "depth-increment"
9153 , after which, we will change to the
9161 \begin_layout Enumerate
9166 environment, at level #2.
9169 \begin_layout Enumerate
9170 Notice how the nested
9174 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9178 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9182 \begin_layout Standard
9183 We ended this example by hitting
9188 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9192 and reset the nesting depth by using
9195 arg "depth-decrement"
9201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9202 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9211 \begin_inset Argument
9214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9215 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9223 \begin_layout Enumerate
9224 This is level #1, in an
9228 paragraph environment.
9229 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9233 \begin_layout Enumerate
9238 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9244 arg "depth-increment"
9248 Now, what happens if we nest an
9252 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9253 label be? An asterisk?
9257 \begin_layout Itemize
9267 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9268 So, its label is a bullet.
9269 (We got here by using
9272 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9278 arg "depth-increment"
9281 , then changing the environment to
9289 \begin_layout Itemize
9290 Here's level #4, produced using
9293 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9299 arg "depth-increment"
9303 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9308 \begin_layout Enumerate
9309 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9311 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9316 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9320 , because we are in the
9329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9348 \begin_layout Enumerate
9353 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9354 type of numbering does LyX use?
9357 \begin_layout Enumerate
9358 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9361 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9364 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9367 \begin_layout Enumerate
9371 arg "depth-decrement"
9374 to decrease the depth after the next
9377 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9384 \begin_layout Enumerate
9386 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9390 \begin_layout Enumerate
9392 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9393 numeral as the label.Why?
9396 \begin_layout Enumerate
9397 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9406 Notice, however, that LyX
9410 reset the counter for the label.
9414 \begin_layout Enumerate
9418 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9424 arg "depth-decrement"
9427 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9428 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9429 into the twofold-nested
9437 \begin_layout Enumerate
9438 The same thing happens if we do another
9441 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9447 arg "depth-decrement"
9450 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9453 \begin_layout Standard
9454 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9459 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9473 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9479 The same rule applies for the
9483 environment, as well.
9486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9487 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9490 \begin_layout Enumerate
9491 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9492 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9493 the same detail with how we did it.
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9510 arg "depth-increment"
9517 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9518 the example in parentheses someplace.
9519 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9520 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9521 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9525 \begin_layout Enumerate
9530 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9535 Now we will add verse.
9536 \begin_inset Newline newline
9539 It will get much worse.
9540 \begin_inset Newline newline
9550 arg "depth-increment"
9561 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9562 \begin_inset Newline newline
9565 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9566 \begin_inset Newline newline
9572 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9585 \begin_layout Standard
9586 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9592 \begin_layout Standard
9594 \begin_inset Tabular
9595 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9596 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9687 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9697 arg "depth-increment"
9703 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9713 arg "depth-decrement"
9720 \begin_layout Enumerate
9725 : level #1) This is another item.
9726 Note that selecting a
9730 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9731 3 times to put the table inside the
9739 \begin_layout Quotation
9740 We're now ending the
9744 list and changing to
9749 We're still at level #1.
9750 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9751 The next set of paragraphs is a
9752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9759 We will nest both the
9766 \begin_inset space ~
9771 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9775 for the letter body.
9779 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9782 to preserve the depth.
9783 Remember that you need to use
9786 arg "newline-insert newline"
9789 to create multiple lines inside the
9796 \begin_inset space ~
9806 \begin_layout Right Address
9808 \begin_inset Newline newline
9811 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9812 \begin_inset Newline newline
9818 \begin_layout Address
9820 \begin_inset space ~
9826 \begin_layout Quotation
9827 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9831 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9832 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9833 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9834 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9835 as soon as possible.
9836 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9839 \begin_layout Quotation
9840 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9841 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9842 with your order, along with payment.
9845 \begin_layout Quotation
9846 We thank you again for your patience.
9849 \begin_layout Address
9851 \begin_inset Newline newline
9858 \begin_layout Quotation
9859 That ends that example!
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9863 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9864 just a few keystrokes.
9865 We could have easily nested an
9886 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9889 \begin_layout Section
9890 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9891 \begin_inset Index idx
9894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9904 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9905 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9906 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9907 be broken at the end of a line.
9908 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9912 \begin_layout Subsection
9914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9916 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9921 \begin_inset Index idx
9924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9934 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9936 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9940 Further documentation is given in section
9941 \begin_inset Newline newline
9945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9947 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9955 \begin_layout Standard
9956 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9971 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9980 A protected space is set with
9982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9983 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9987 \begin_inset space ~
9997 arg "space-insert protected"
10003 \begin_layout Subsection
10005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10007 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10012 \begin_inset Index idx
10015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10016 Spacing ! Horizontal
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10025 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10028 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10032 The length units are listed in Appendix
10033 \begin_inset space ~
10037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10039 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10050 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10055 \begin_inset Index idx
10058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 Spaces ! Inter-word
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10073 \begin_inset space \space{}
10076 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10077 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10078 \begin_inset space ~
10082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10084 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10089 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10090 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10093 arg "space-insert normal"
10099 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10103 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10108 \begin_inset Index idx
10111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10138 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10139 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10140 inside abbreviations:
10143 \begin_layout Quote
10145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10149 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10153 or between values and units.
10154 Compare for example this:
10155 \begin_inset Newline newline
10159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10163 \begin_inset Newline newline
10166 10 kg (normal space
10169 \begin_layout Standard
10170 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10173 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10175 \begin_inset space ~
10183 arg "space-insert thin"
10189 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10193 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10200 \begin_layout Standard
10201 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10204 \begin_layout Description
10206 \begin_inset space ~
10210 \begin_inset space ~
10213 space A line with a
10214 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10218 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10222 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10225 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10228 \begin_layout Description
10230 \begin_inset space ~
10234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10238 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10242 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10246 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10250 \begin_inset space ~
10254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10257 em) space between the arrows.
10260 \begin_layout Description
10262 \begin_inset space ~
10266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10270 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10274 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10278 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10282 \begin_inset space ~
10286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10289 em) space between the arrows.
10292 \begin_layout Description
10294 \begin_inset space ~
10298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10302 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10306 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10310 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10314 \begin_inset space ~
10318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10321 em) space between the arrows.
10324 \begin_layout Description
10326 \begin_inset space ~
10330 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10334 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10339 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10343 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10346 cm space between the arrows.
10349 \begin_layout Standard
10351 \begin_inset space ~
10355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10357 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10361 lists the different space sizes.
10364 \begin_layout Standard
10365 \begin_inset Float table
10370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10372 \begin_inset Caption
10374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10377 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10381 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 \begin_inset Tabular
10392 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10393 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10394 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10612 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10618 \begin_inset Index idx
10621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10630 \begin_layout Standard
10631 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10632 in a uniform fashion.
10633 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10634 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10635 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10636 equally between themselves.
10640 \begin_layout Standard
10641 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10644 \begin_layout Quote
10646 This is on the left side
10647 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10650 This is on the right
10653 \begin_layout Quote
10656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10666 \begin_layout Quote
10669 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10673 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10677 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10683 \begin_layout Standard
10684 That was an example in the
10690 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10694 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10698 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10701 is one in a standard paragraph.
10702 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10706 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10709 \begin_layout Standard
10710 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10713 \begin_inset space ~
10718 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10721 \begin_layout Standard
10723 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10727 \begin_inset space ~
10733 \begin_layout Standard
10735 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10739 \begin_inset space ~
10745 \begin_layout Standard
10747 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10751 \begin_inset space ~
10757 \begin_layout Standard
10759 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10763 \begin_inset space ~
10769 \begin_layout Standard
10771 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10775 \begin_inset space ~
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10783 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10787 \begin_inset space ~
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10794 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10802 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10806 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10807 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10808 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10812 option in the space dialog.
10820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10824 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10829 \begin_inset Index idx
10832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10841 \begin_layout Standard
10842 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10848 \begin_inset space \space{}
10851 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10854 \begin_layout Standard
10855 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10858 What is correct English?:
10859 \begin_inset Newline newline
10863 \begin_inset Newline newline
10867 \begin_inset space ~
10870 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10871 \begin_inset Newline newline
10875 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10886 \begin_inset Newline newline
10890 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10901 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10907 \begin_layout Standard
10908 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10913 \begin_inset space ~
10917 \begin_inset space ~
10921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10925 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10928 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10932 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10938 \begin_inset space ~
10942 \begin_inset space ~
10946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10949 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10958 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10959 That is why it is named
10960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10968 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10969 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10973 \begin_layout Subsection
10975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10977 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10982 \begin_inset Index idx
10985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10994 \begin_layout Standard
10995 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10998 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11000 \begin_inset space ~
11006 There you find the following sizes:
11009 \begin_layout Standard
11022 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11027 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11033 \begin_inset Index idx
11036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11037 Document ! Settings
11042 for the paragraph separation.
11043 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11054 \begin_layout Standard
11060 \begin_inset Index idx
11063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11069 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11070 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11072 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11073 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11082 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11091 s are described in section
11092 \begin_inset space ~
11096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11098 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11107 If there are several
11111 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11112 You can therefore use
11116 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11119 \begin_layout Standard
11124 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11125 \begin_inset space ~
11129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11131 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11138 \begin_layout Standard
11139 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11149 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11150 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11162 \begin_layout Subsection
11163 Paragraph Alignment
11166 \begin_layout Standard
11167 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11169 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11173 There are five possibilities:
11176 \begin_layout Itemize
11184 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11190 \begin_layout Itemize
11198 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11204 \begin_layout Itemize
11212 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11218 \begin_layout Itemize
11226 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11232 \begin_layout Itemize
11240 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11246 \begin_layout Standard
11247 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11248 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11249 the left and right margins.
11250 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11253 \begin_layout Standard
11255 This paragraph is right aligned,
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11260 this one is centered,
11263 \begin_layout Standard
11265 this one is left aligned.
11268 \begin_layout Subsection
11270 \begin_inset Index idx
11273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11274 Page breaks ! Forced
11280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11282 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11289 \begin_layout Standard
11290 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11291 can force a page break where you want one.
11292 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11293 Only if you use a lot of
11297 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11300 \begin_layout Standard
11301 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11302 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11306 have to change the page breaking.
11309 \begin_layout Standard
11310 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11312 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11315 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11317 \begin_inset space ~
11323 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11326 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11328 \begin_inset space ~
11333 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11335 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11336 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11339 \begin_layout Standard
11340 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11341 at the top of a page.
11342 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11343 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11344 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11345 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11349 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11353 to learn more about
11360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11364 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11369 \begin_inset Index idx
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11373 Page breaks ! Clear
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11382 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11383 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11384 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11385 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11386 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11393 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11401 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11403 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11404 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11406 \begin_inset space ~
11410 \begin_inset space ~
11415 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11416 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11419 \begin_layout Subsection
11421 \begin_inset Index idx
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11433 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11443 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11446 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11448 \begin_inset space ~
11452 \begin_inset space ~
11460 arg "newline-insert newline"
11464 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11467 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11473 \begin_inset space ~
11478 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11480 This is useful to avoid
11481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11488 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11491 \begin_layout Standard
11492 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11493 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11494 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11495 set a line break, e.
11496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11500 \begin_inset space \space{}
11503 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11504 \begin_inset space ~
11508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11510 reference "sec:Quote"
11515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11517 reference "sec:Verse"
11522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11524 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11531 \begin_layout Subsection
11533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11535 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11540 \begin_inset Index idx
11543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11552 \begin_layout Standard
11554 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11565 \begin_layout Standard
11568 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11569 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11571 \begin_inset space ~
11576 you can insert horizontal lines.
11577 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11578 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11579 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11582 \begin_layout Standard
11584 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11595 \begin_layout Section
11596 Characters and Symbols
11599 \begin_layout Standard
11600 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11601 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11602 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11606 \begin_inset space \space{}
11609 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11617 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11621 for information on how this is done.
11624 \begin_layout Standard
11625 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11630 dialog via the menu
11632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11633 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11639 \begin_layout Standard
11640 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11648 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11649 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11650 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11658 \begin_layout Section
11659 Fonts and Text Styles
11660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11662 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11669 \begin_layout Subsection
11671 \begin_inset Index idx
11674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11683 \begin_layout Standard
11684 There are two types of fonts:
11687 \begin_layout Description
11689 \begin_inset space ~
11693 \begin_inset Index idx
11696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11702 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11707 characters) in the font.
11708 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11709 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11710 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11711 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11712 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11713 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11714 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11715 \begin_inset Newline newline
11718 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11719 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11720 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11721 sizes than at small ones.
11722 \begin_inset Newline newline
11736 \begin_inset space ~
11744 \begin_layout Description
11746 \begin_inset space ~
11750 \begin_inset Index idx
11753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11759 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11760 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11761 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11762 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11763 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11764 picture manipulation program.
11765 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11766 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11767 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11768 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11769 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11771 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11772 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11773 \begin_inset Newline newline
11776 Bitmap fonts are named
11779 \begin_inset space ~
11784 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11787 \begin_layout Standard
11788 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11789 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11790 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11791 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11792 use scalable fonts.
11795 \begin_layout Standard
11796 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11797 its document properties.
11800 \begin_layout Standard
11801 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11802 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11803 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11804 font to emphasize text, you use an
11805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11813 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11814 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11818 \begin_layout Subsection
11820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11822 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11829 \begin_layout Standard
11830 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11831 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11832 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11834 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11835 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11836 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11837 to usual word processors.
11838 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11839 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11840 across different machines.
11841 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11842 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11844 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11846 \begin_inset space ~
11850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11852 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11857 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11858 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11862 \begin_layout Standard
11863 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11864 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11865 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11866 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11867 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11868 that is installed on your system.
11869 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11872 \begin_layout Standard
11873 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11881 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11882 es; so you might have to experiment.
11890 \begin_layout Standard
11891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11899 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11900 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11908 \begin_layout Subsection
11909 Document Font and Font size
11910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11912 name "sub:Document-Font"
11917 \begin_inset Index idx
11920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11927 \begin_inset Index idx
11930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11939 \begin_layout Standard
11940 You can set the document fonts in the
11942 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11946 \begin_inset Index idx
11949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 Document ! Settings
11960 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11961 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11964 \begin_inset space ~
11973 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11974 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11978 \begin_layout Standard
11985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11994 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11995 This requires that you use
12001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12040 as output format, i.
12041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12045 \begin_inset space ~
12048 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12049 \begin_inset space ~
12053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12055 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12060 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12061 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12063 \begin_inset space ~
12066 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12067 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12068 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12070 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12079 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12084 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12085 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12092 \begin_inset space ~
12098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12111 European Computer Modern
12114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12121 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12124 \begin_layout Standard
12133 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12134 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12139 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12142 \begin_inset space ~
12147 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12153 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12154 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12157 \begin_layout Itemize
12161 \begin_inset space ~
12166 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12179 \begin_inset space ~
12184 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12188 as the default font.
12189 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12190 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12193 \begin_inset space ~
12206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12207 One difference is improved kerning.
12215 \begin_layout Itemize
12219 \begin_inset space ~
12223 \begin_inset space ~
12228 fonts in (the rare) case that
12231 \begin_inset space ~
12236 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12251 Virtual means that it
12252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12263 -glyphs from other fonts.
12264 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12286 Loading the LaTeX-package
12291 \begin_inset Index idx
12294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12295 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12300 with the document preamble line
12301 \begin_inset Newline newline
12308 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12309 \begin_inset Newline newline
12314 will fix the guillemet problem.
12319 and that accented characters are not
12323 glyph, but build of
12327 characters, the accent and the letter.
12328 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12334 If you search for example for the French word
12335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12342 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12351 and not for the glyph
12352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12356 \begin_inset space ~
12360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12366 \begin_layout Itemize
12367 If you do not like the look of
12375 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12380 \begin_inset space ~
12386 \begin_inset space ~
12396 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12397 \begin_inset space ~
12400 serif and typewriter fonts,
12404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12405 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12412 \begin_inset space ~
12421 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12426 \begin_inset space \space{}
12434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12438 \begin_inset space \space{}
12444 \begin_inset space ~
12452 \begin_inset space ~
12462 but you can also select your own.
12463 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 The differences between roman,
12469 \begin_inset space ~
12478 fonts are explained in section
12479 \begin_inset space ~
12483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12485 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12490 \begin_inset Newline newline
12496 \begin_inset space ~
12501 was originally designed for newspapers.
12502 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12503 into the small newspaper columns.
12507 \begin_inset space ~
12512 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12515 \begin_layout Standard
12516 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12529 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12534 depends on the class you are using.
12535 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12538 \begin_layout Standard
12539 Note that the font size is the
12544 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12545 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12546 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12549 \begin_inset space ~
12555 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12556 \begin_inset space ~
12560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12562 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12569 \begin_layout Standard
12574 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12576 \begin_inset space ~
12579 serif or typewriter.
12584 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12594 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12597 \begin_layout Standard
12606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12615 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12621 \begin_inset Index idx
12624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12625 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12631 \begin_inset space ~
12635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12637 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12642 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12643 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12650 \begin_layout Standard
12651 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12653 Use Old Style Figures
12657 Use True Small Caps
12660 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12663 Use Old Style Figures
12665 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12667 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12675 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12679 Use True Small Caps
12681 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12682 of scaled capitals.
12683 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12684 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12687 \begin_layout Standard
12692 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12693 a font to display the script characters.
12697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12698 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12703 \begin_inset Index idx
12706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12707 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12712 So this has no effect for the document language
12728 \begin_layout Standard
12729 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12733 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12741 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12745 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12746 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12747 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12749 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12752 dialog, see section
12753 \begin_inset space ~
12757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12759 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12771 \begin_layout Subsection
12772 Using Different Character Styles
12773 \begin_inset Index idx
12776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12783 \begin_inset Index idx
12786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12795 \begin_layout Standard
12796 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12797 certain paragraph environments.
12798 LyX supports two character styles,
12807 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12811 \begin_layout Standard
12816 style, do one of the following:
12819 \begin_layout Itemize
12820 click on the toolbar button
12829 \begin_layout Itemize
12830 use the key binding
12839 \begin_layout Standard
12840 These commands are all toggles.
12845 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 One typically uses the
12853 style for proper names.
12855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12862 is the original author of LyX.
12863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12869 \begin_layout Standard
12870 A more widely used character style is the
12875 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12882 \begin_layout Itemize
12883 clicking on the toolbar button
12892 \begin_layout Itemize
12893 using the keybindings
12902 \begin_layout Standard
12907 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12908 es use a different font.
12911 \begin_layout Standard
12912 We've been using the
12916 style all over the place in this document.
12917 Here's one more example:
12920 \begin_layout Quotation
12923 Don't overuse character styles!
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12928 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12929 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12930 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12943 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12945 \begin_inset space ~
12953 \begin_layout Subsection
12954 Fine-Tuning with the
12959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12961 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12966 \begin_inset Index idx
12969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12978 \begin_layout Standard
12979 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12980 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12981 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12982 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12983 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12984 from ordinary dialog.
12987 \begin_layout Standard
12988 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12989 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12990 \begin_inset Newline newline
12993 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12994 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12997 \begin_layout Standard
12998 To use custom character styles, open the
13000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13002 \begin_inset space ~
13005 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13008 dialog or press the toolbar button
13011 arg "dialog-show character"
13015 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13016 font property which you can choose.
13017 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13020 \begin_inset space ~
13025 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13030 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13031 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13032 environments in a snap.
13035 \begin_layout Standard
13036 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13039 \begin_inset space ~
13051 \begin_layout Labeling
13052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13066 The possible options are:
13070 \begin_layout Labeling
13071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13076 This is the Roman font family.
13077 Normally a serif font.
13078 It's also the default family.
13088 \begin_layout Labeling
13089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13093 \begin_inset space ~
13100 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13112 \begin_layout Labeling
13113 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13120 This is the Typewriter font family.
13126 arg "font-typewriter"
13135 \begin_layout Labeling
13136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13141 This corresponds to the print weight.
13146 \begin_layout Labeling
13147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13152 This is the Medium font series.
13153 It's also the default series.
13156 \begin_layout Labeling
13157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13164 This is the Bold font series.
13177 \begin_layout Labeling
13178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13183 As the name implies.
13188 \begin_layout Labeling
13189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13194 This is the Upright font shape.
13195 It's also the default shape.
13198 \begin_layout Labeling
13199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13213 s the Italic font shape
13219 \begin_layout Labeling
13220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13227 This is the Slanted font shape
13229 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13232 \begin_layout Labeling
13233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13237 \begin_inset space ~
13244 This is the Small caps font shape
13251 \begin_layout Labeling
13252 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13257 Alters the size of the font.
13258 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13259 proportional to the document font size.
13260 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13261 what you want to do.
13266 \begin_layout Labeling
13267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13288 arg "font-size tiny"
13294 \begin_layout Labeling
13295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13316 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13322 \begin_layout Labeling
13323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13344 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13350 \begin_layout Labeling
13351 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13372 arg "font-size small"
13378 \begin_layout Labeling
13379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13393 It's also the default size.
13397 arg "font-size normal"
13403 \begin_layout Labeling
13404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13425 arg "font-size large"
13431 \begin_layout Labeling
13432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 arg "font-size larger"
13459 \begin_layout Labeling
13460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13481 arg "font-size largest"
13487 \begin_layout Labeling
13488 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13509 arg "font-size huge"
13515 \begin_layout Labeling
13516 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13537 arg "font-size giant"
13543 \begin_layout Labeling
13544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13549 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13569 arg "font-size increase"
13575 \begin_layout Labeling
13576 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13581 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13601 arg "font-size decrease"
13608 \begin_layout Standard
13613 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13614 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13615 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13616 — use that instead.
13617 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13620 \begin_layout Labeling
13621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13626 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13631 \begin_layout Labeling
13632 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13639 This is text with emphasize on
13642 This might seem like the same as
13646 , but it is actually a bit different.
13652 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13654 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13657 \begin_layout Labeling
13658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13665 This is text with Underbar on.
13671 arg "font-underline"
13677 \begin_inset Newline newline
13682 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13683 when you could not change fonts.
13684 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13685 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13689 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13692 \begin_layout Labeling
13693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13697 \begin_inset space ~
13704 This is text with Double underbar on.
13710 arg "font-underunderline"
13714 \begin_inset Newline newline
13717 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13718 about double underbar.
13721 \begin_layout Labeling
13722 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13726 \begin_inset space ~
13733 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13739 arg "font-underwave"
13743 \begin_inset Newline newline
13746 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13747 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13750 \begin_layout Labeling
13751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13758 This is text with Strikeout on.
13764 arg "font-strikeout"
13768 \begin_inset Newline newline
13771 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13772 changed in the meantime.
13775 \begin_layout Labeling
13776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13783 This is text with Noun on.
13790 , this is a logical attribute.
13791 Normally it's equivalent to
13794 \begin_inset space ~
13803 \begin_layout Labeling
13804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13809 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13810 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13814 \begin_inset space ~
13819 , which is the default
13820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13827 and means normally black, you can choose between
13860 \begin_inset Index idx
13863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13872 \begin_layout Labeling
13873 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13878 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13879 the language of the document.
13880 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13882 \begin_inset Newline newline
13885 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13886 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13887 When using the spell checking (see section
13888 \begin_inset space ~
13892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13894 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13898 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13901 \begin_layout Standard
13902 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13903 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13905 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13907 \begin_inset space ~
13912 dialog, the settings are saved.
13913 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13916 arg "textstyle-apply"
13920 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13925 \begin_layout Standard
13926 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13933 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13934 (suppose you just set the shape to
13935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13953 \begin_inset space ~
13965 \begin_layout Standard
13966 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13974 \begin_inset space ~
13986 \begin_layout Itemize
13992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13999 font, that means every character has the same width, the
14000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14017 \begin_inset Newline newline
14021 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14035 \begin_inset Note Note
14038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14039 For more on phantoms see section
14040 \begin_inset space ~
14044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14046 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
14056 \begin_inset Newline newline
14062 \begin_layout Itemize
14067 fonts use characters with serifs.
14068 These are the small
14069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14076 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14077 The following example will show the difference:
14078 \begin_inset Newline newline
14082 \begin_inset Newline newline
14087 text without serifs
14090 \begin_inset Newline newline
14093 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14094 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14101 \begin_layout Itemize
14107 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14108 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14111 \begin_layout Standard
14112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14119 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14120 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14121 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14123 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14124 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14125 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14143 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14151 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14160 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14195 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14204 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14208 \begin_layout Standard
14209 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14210 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14213 \begin_layout Section
14214 Printing and Previewing
14217 \begin_layout Subsection
14221 \begin_layout Standard
14222 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14223 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14224 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14225 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14226 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14228 Additional Features
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14234 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14235 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14236 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14237 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14238 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14239 This happens in two stages:
14242 \begin_layout Enumerate
14243 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14244 generating a file with the extension,
14245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14259 \begin_layout Enumerate
14260 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14264 file to produce printable output.
14268 \begin_layout Subsection
14269 Output file formats
14270 \begin_inset Index idx
14273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14282 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14290 Simple text (ASCII)
14291 \begin_inset Index idx
14294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14295 File formats ! ASCII
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14304 This file type has the extension
14305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14317 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14321 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14328 \begin_layout Standard
14329 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14334 \begin_inset space ~
14341 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14342 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14344 \begin_inset space ~
14348 \begin_inset space ~
14354 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14360 \begin_inset Index idx
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14364 File formats ! LaTeX
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 This file type has the extension
14374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14385 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14387 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14388 it manually with console commands.
14389 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14390 you view or export your document.
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14396 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14397 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14413 \begin_inset space ~
14417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14419 reference "sub:Export"
14426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14428 \begin_inset Index idx
14431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14441 This file type has the extension
14442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14462 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14463 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14464 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14468 \begin_layout Standard
14469 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14470 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14471 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14472 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14474 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14477 \begin_layout Standard
14478 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14480 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14481 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14486 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14506 The latter option uses the program
14515 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14516 font access (see section
14517 \begin_inset space ~
14521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14523 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14528 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14534 \begin_inset Index idx
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 File formats ! PostScript
14546 \begin_layout Standard
14547 This file type has the extension
14548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14560 PostScript was developed by the company
14564 as a printer language.
14565 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14567 PostScript can be seen as a
14568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14571 programming language
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14575 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14580 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14586 \begin_inset Index idx
14589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14590 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14600 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14603 \begin_layout Standard
14604 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14608 Encapsulated PostScript
14609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 (EPS, file extension
14613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14625 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14626 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14631 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14632 \begin_inset space ~
14635 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14636 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14637 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14638 EPS to avoid this problem.
14641 \begin_layout Standard
14642 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14644 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14645 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14653 \begin_inset Index idx
14656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14663 \begin_inset Index idx
14666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14675 \begin_layout Standard
14676 This file type has the extension
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14693 Portable Document Format
14694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14701 was derived from PostScript.
14702 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14711 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14712 looks exactly the same.
14715 \begin_layout Standard
14716 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14720 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14724 (JPG, file extension
14725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14752 Portable Network Graphics
14753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14756 (PNG, file extension
14757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14769 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14770 in the background to one of these formats.
14771 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14772 will slow down your workflow.
14773 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14776 \begin_layout Standard
14777 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14779 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14782 in three different ways:
14785 \begin_layout Description
14786 PDF This uses the program
14790 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14791 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14795 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14796 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14799 \begin_layout Description
14801 \begin_inset space ~
14804 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14808 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14812 \begin_layout Description
14814 \begin_inset space ~
14817 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14821 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14824 \begin_layout Description
14826 \begin_inset space ~
14833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14840 X) This uses the program
14844 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14849 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14850 font access (see section
14851 \begin_inset space ~
14855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14857 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14862 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14863 y written Japanese.
14866 \begin_layout Description
14868 \begin_inset space ~
14875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14882 X) This uses the program
14886 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14891 is an even newer engine, derived from
14895 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14896 access (see section
14897 \begin_inset space ~
14901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14903 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14908 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14912 \begin_layout Standard
14913 We recommend to use
14916 \begin_inset space ~
14925 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14926 works without problems.
14927 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14928 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14932 \begin_inset space ~
14939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14951 \begin_inset space ~
14958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14967 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14977 \begin_inset Index idx
14980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14981 FileFormats ! XHTML
14987 \begin_inset Index idx
14990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14999 \begin_layout Standard
15000 This file type has the extension
15001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15013 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15014 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
15015 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15016 suitable for the purpose.
15017 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15020 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15023 between different formats, that are described in section
15025 Math Output in XHTML
15030 \begin_inset space ~
15038 \begin_layout Standard
15039 XHTML output remains
15040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15047 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15050 LyX and the World Wide Web
15054 Additional Features
15056 manual, for more information.
15059 \begin_layout Standard
15060 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15062 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15063 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15069 \begin_layout Subsection
15071 \begin_inset Index idx
15074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15083 \begin_layout Standard
15084 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15085 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15094 or the toolbar button
15101 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15102 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15109 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15113 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15121 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15126 Further output formats can be selected via
15128 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15131 or the toolbar button
15132 \begin_inset Graphics
15133 filename ../images/view-others.png
15135 groupId toolbarbuttons
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15143 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15144 viewer window using the menu
15146 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15151 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15152 Update (Other Formats)
15157 \begin_layout Standard
15158 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15160 To have a real output, export your document.
15163 \begin_layout Subsection
15164 Printing the File from within LyX
15165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15167 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15174 \begin_layout Standard
15175 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15176 it directly from within LyX.
15177 To print a file, select the menu
15179 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15182 or click on the toolbar button
15185 arg "dialog-show print"
15189 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15190 This file is then processed by the program
15194 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15199 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15202 \begin_layout Standard
15203 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15204 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15205 printing one set to print on the other side.
15206 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15207 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15208 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15212 You can set the parameters in the
15215 \begin_inset space ~
15223 \begin_layout Labeling
15224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15229 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15234 Note that this printer name is for the program
15243 has to be configured for this printer name.
15244 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15245 \begin_inset space ~
15249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15251 reference "sub:Printer"
15260 The printer should understand PostScript.
15263 \begin_layout Labeling
15264 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15269 The name of a file to print to.
15270 The output will be a PostScript file.
15271 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15275 \begin_layout Section
15276 A few Words about Typography
15277 \begin_inset Index idx
15280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15289 \begin_layout Subsection
15291 \begin_inset Index idx
15294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15303 \begin_layout Standard
15305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15316 character comes in four lengths: the
15328 , and the minus sign:
15329 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15335 \begin_layout Standard
15336 \begin_inset Tabular
15337 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15338 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15339 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15340 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15341 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15342 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15371 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15411 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15438 \begin_inset space ~
15441 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15448 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15475 \begin_inset space ~
15478 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15499 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15533 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15540 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15552 character multiple times in a row.
15553 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15554 the final output, but not in LyX.
15556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15586 \begin_layout Standard
15587 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15588 math mode and has a length of its own.
15589 Here are some examples of the
15590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15604 \begin_layout Enumerate
15605 line- and page-breaks
15606 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15616 \begin_layout Enumerate
15618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15628 \begin_layout Enumerate
15629 Oh — there's a dash.
15630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15640 \begin_layout Enumerate
15641 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15645 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15655 \begin_layout Subsection
15657 \begin_inset Index idx
15660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15669 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15676 \begin_layout Standard
15677 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15678 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15683 \begin_inset Index idx
15686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15687 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15692 following the rules of the document language.
15695 \begin_layout Standard
15696 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15701 font and with unusual constructs, like
15702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15710 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15712 This is done with the menu
15714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15715 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15717 \begin_inset space ~
15723 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15724 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15727 \begin_layout Standard
15728 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15729 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15739 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15747 as a hyphenation possibility.
15748 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15749 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15750 as described in section
15751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15754 Prevent Hyphenation
15755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15761 \begin_inset space ~
15769 \begin_layout Subsection
15771 \begin_inset Index idx
15774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15784 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15787 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15794 \begin_layout Standard
15795 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15796 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15797 LaTeX then adds the
15798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15801 appropriate amount of space
15802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15806 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15808 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15811 \begin_layout Standard
15812 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15813 not work in all cases.
15815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15826 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15827 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15830 \begin_layout Standard
15831 Here are some examples of
15835 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15838 \begin_layout Itemize
15843 \begin_layout Itemize
15848 \begin_layout Standard
15849 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15852 \begin_layout Itemize
15854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15858 this is too much space!
15861 \begin_layout Itemize
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15867 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15871 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15874 \begin_layout Enumerate
15878 \begin_inset space ~
15883 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15884 \begin_inset space ~
15888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15890 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15895 \begin_inset Index idx
15898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15899 Spaces ! inter-word
15907 \begin_layout Enumerate
15911 \begin_inset space ~
15916 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15917 \begin_inset space ~
15921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15923 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15928 \begin_inset Index idx
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15940 \begin_layout Enumerate
15944 \begin_inset space ~
15948 \begin_inset space ~
15952 \begin_inset space ~
15959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15961 \begin_inset space ~
15966 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15967 This function is also bound to
15970 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15976 \begin_layout Standard
15977 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15980 \begin_layout Itemize
15982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15986 \begin_inset space \space{}
15989 this is too much space!
15992 \begin_layout Itemize
15993 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15997 \begin_layout Standard
15998 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15999 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
16000 will take care of this.
16003 \begin_layout Standard
16004 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16008 \begin_inset space ~
16013 feature described in section
16019 Additional Features
16024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16026 \begin_inset Index idx
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16030 Typography ! Quotes
16036 \begin_inset Index idx
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 \begin_layout Standard
16071 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16072 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16073 and use a closing quote at the end.
16075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16083 The keyboard character,
16087 , generates this automatically.
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16091 You can specify what character the
16095 key produces using the submenu
16101 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16105 \begin_inset Index idx
16108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16109 Document ! Settings
16119 There are six choices:
16122 \begin_layout Labeling
16123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16135 Use quotes like this
16136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16146 \begin_layout Labeling
16147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16150 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16154 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16160 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16164 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16170 \begin_layout Labeling
16171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16174 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16178 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16184 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16188 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16194 \begin_layout Labeling
16195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16198 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16202 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16208 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16212 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16218 \begin_layout Labeling
16219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16222 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16226 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16232 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16236 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16242 \begin_layout Labeling
16243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16246 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16250 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16256 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16260 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16266 \begin_layout Subsection
16268 \begin_inset Index idx
16271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16272 Typography ! Ligatures
16278 \begin_inset Index idx
16281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16312 name "sub:Ligatures"
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16320 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16321 print them as single characters.
16322 These groups are known as
16327 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16329 Here are the standard ligatures:
16332 \begin_layout Itemize
16336 \begin_layout Itemize
16340 \begin_layout Itemize
16344 \begin_layout Itemize
16348 \begin_layout Itemize
16352 \begin_layout Standard
16353 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16357 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16358 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16366 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16382 To break a ligature, use
16384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16385 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16387 \begin_inset space ~
16394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16405 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16422 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16430 \begin_layout Subsection
16432 \begin_inset Index idx
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16444 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16452 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16453 characters in different sizes and heights.
16454 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16455 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16475 \begin_inset Note Note
16478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16487 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16488 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16493 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16497 \begin_layout Description
16498 LyX The name of the game, write
16499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16520 \begin_layout Description
16521 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16543 \begin_layout Description
16544 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16566 \begin_layout Description
16567 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16589 \begin_layout Standard
16590 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16595 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16603 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16604 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16605 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16608 : The actual version is
16609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16616 , the previous one was
16617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16627 \begin_layout Standard
16628 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16633 \begin_inset space \space{}
16636 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16638 This will look in LyX like:
16639 \begin_inset Graphics
16640 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16646 \begin_inset Newline newline
16649 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16650 \begin_inset space ~
16654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16656 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16663 \begin_layout Subsection
16665 \begin_inset Index idx
16668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16677 \begin_layout Standard
16678 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16679 space between two words.
16680 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16690 for units use the menu
16692 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16693 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16695 \begin_inset space ~
16703 arg "space-insert thin"
16709 \begin_layout Standard
16710 Here is an example to show the differences:
16713 \begin_layout Standard
16714 \begin_inset Tabular
16715 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16716 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16717 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16718 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16725 \begin_inset space ~
16729 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 space between number and unit
16748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16757 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 half space between number and unit
16782 \begin_layout Subsection
16784 \begin_inset Index idx
16787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16796 \begin_layout Standard
16797 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16799 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16800 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16801 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16802 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16803 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16804 These bits of text became known as
16815 \begin_layout Standard
16816 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16817 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16818 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16819 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16820 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16821 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16822 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16825 \begin_layout Standard
16826 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16827 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16828 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16829 \begin_inset space ~
16833 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16835 key "latexcompanion"
16840 \begin_inset space ~
16844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16850 ) may have more information.
16851 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16854 \begin_layout Chapter
16855 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16858 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16865 \begin_layout Standard
16866 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16869 \begin_inset space ~
16875 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16878 \begin_layout Section
16880 \begin_inset Index idx
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16899 \begin_layout Standard
16900 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16903 \begin_layout Description
16905 \begin_inset space ~
16908 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16909 \begin_inset Newline newline
16913 \begin_inset Note Note
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16925 \begin_layout Description
16926 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16927 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16929 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16930 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16932 \begin_inset space ~
16938 \begin_inset Newline newline
16942 \begin_inset Note Comment
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16954 \begin_layout Description
16956 \begin_inset space ~
16959 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16960 set in the document settings under
16962 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16964 \begin_inset space ~
16970 \begin_inset Newline newline
16974 \begin_inset Newline newline
16978 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16988 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16993 of a comment that appears in the output.
16999 \begin_inset Newline newline
17003 \begin_inset Newline newline
17006 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17007 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17010 \begin_layout Standard
17011 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17023 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17026 \begin_layout Section
17028 \begin_inset Index idx
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17040 name "sec:Footnotes"
17047 \begin_layout Standard
17048 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17051 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17054 or the toolbar button
17057 arg "footnote-insert"
17069 \begin_inset Graphics
17070 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17079 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17108 label, the box will
17112 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17113 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17126 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17142 \begin_layout Standard
17143 Here is an example footnote:
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17160 \begin_layout Standard
17161 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17162 position where the footnote box is placed.
17163 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17164 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17165 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17167 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17168 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17173 ey are described in the
17176 \begin_inset space ~
17184 \begin_layout Section
17186 \begin_inset Index idx
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17198 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17205 \begin_layout Standard
17206 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17207 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17211 \begin_inset space ~
17216 or the toolbar button
17219 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17245 appearing within your text.
17246 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17255 \begin_layout Standard
17256 At the side is an example marginal note.
17260 \begin_inset Marginal
17263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 This is a marginal note.
17272 \begin_layout Standard
17273 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17274 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17275 pages, right on odd pages.
17278 \begin_layout Standard
17279 For further information about marginal notes see section
17282 \begin_inset space ~
17290 \begin_inset space ~
17298 \begin_layout Section
17299 Graphics and Images
17300 \begin_inset Index idx
17303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 \begin_inset Index idx
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17322 name "sec:Graphics"
17329 \begin_layout Standard
17330 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17331 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17334 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17343 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17346 \begin_layout Standard
17347 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17352 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17353 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17355 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17356 \begin_inset space ~
17360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17362 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17369 \begin_layout Standard
17374 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17375 of the image in the output.
17376 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17380 \begin_inset space ~
17384 \begin_inset space ~
17393 \begin_inset space ~
17397 \begin_inset space ~
17401 \begin_inset space ~
17406 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17407 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17415 \begin_layout Standard
17418 LaTeX and LyX options
17420 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17421 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17425 \begin_inset space ~
17430 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17431 with the image size is printed.
17435 \begin_inset space ~
17439 \begin_inset space ~
17443 \begin_inset space ~
17448 is explained in the
17451 \begin_inset space ~
17463 \begin_layout Standard
17464 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17465 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17467 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17471 \begin_layout Standard
17473 \begin_inset Graphics
17474 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17483 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17484 the image into a float, see section
17485 \begin_inset space ~
17489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17491 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17498 \begin_layout Subsection
17500 \begin_inset Index idx
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17512 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17519 \begin_layout Standard
17520 You can insert images in any known file format.
17521 But as we explained in section
17522 \begin_inset space ~
17526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17528 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17532 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17533 LyX uses therefore the program
17537 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17538 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17539 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17540 \begin_inset space ~
17544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17546 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17553 \begin_layout Standard
17554 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17557 \begin_layout Description
17559 \begin_inset space ~
17562 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17563 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17564 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17568 Graphics Interchange Format
17569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17572 (GIF, file extension
17573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17585 \begin_inset Index idx
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17620 Portable Network Graphics
17621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17624 (PNG, file extension
17625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17637 \begin_inset Index idx
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17672 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17676 (JPG, file extension
17677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17701 \begin_inset Index idx
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17735 \begin_layout Description
17737 \begin_inset space ~
17740 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17742 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17743 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17744 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17745 \begin_inset Newline newline
17748 Scalable image formats can be
17749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17752 Scalable Vector Graphics
17753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17756 (SVG, file extension
17757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17769 \begin_inset Index idx
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17804 Encapsulated PostScript
17805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17808 (EPS, file extension
17809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17821 \begin_inset Index idx
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17856 Portable Document Format
17857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17860 (PDF, file extension
17861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17873 \begin_inset Index idx
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17884 or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
17885 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17891 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17899 \begin_layout Standard
17900 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17904 \begin_layout Subsection
17905 Grouping of Image Settings
17906 \begin_inset Index idx
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 Images ! Settings grouping
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17919 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17921 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17922 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17924 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17925 need to manually change each of them.
17929 \begin_layout Standard
17930 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17933 \begin_inset space ~
17938 field in the Graphics dialog.
17939 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17940 by checking the name of the desired group.
17943 \begin_layout Section
17945 \begin_inset Index idx
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17964 \begin_layout Standard
17965 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17968 arg "tabular-insert"
17973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17977 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17978 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17979 from the rest of the table.
17980 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17981 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17983 Here is an example table:
17986 \begin_layout Standard
17988 \begin_inset Tabular
17989 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17990 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 \begin_layout Subsection
18198 \begin_layout Standard
18199 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18200 brings up the table dialog.
18201 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18202 where the cursor is placed currently.
18203 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18204 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18205 done on all of your selection.
18208 \begin_layout Standard
18209 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18212 \begin_inset space ~
18217 helps you in setting table properties.
18218 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18221 \begin_layout Standard
18225 \begin_inset space ~
18230 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18231 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18232 current cell respectively.
18233 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18235 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18236 of text, see section
18237 \begin_inset space ~
18241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18243 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18250 \begin_layout Standard
18251 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18252 using the check box
18261 This will merge the cells to
18265 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18266 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18267 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18268 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18269 in the last row without the upper border:
18272 \begin_layout Standard
18274 \begin_inset Tabular
18275 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18276 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18278 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18280 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 \begin_layout Standard
18412 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18413 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18414 explained in the tables section of the
18417 \begin_inset space ~
18423 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18427 degrees counterclockwise.
18428 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18431 \begin_layout Standard
18432 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 Most DVI-viewers are
18444 able to display rotations.
18452 \begin_layout Standard
18457 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18462 adds lines for all cell borders.
18465 \begin_layout Subsection
18467 \begin_inset Index idx
18470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 Tables ! Longtables
18477 \begin_inset Index idx
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 \begin_layout Standard
18490 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18493 \begin_inset space ~
18497 \begin_inset space ~
18506 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18507 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18510 \begin_layout Description
18515 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18516 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18517 except for the first page, if
18520 \begin_inset space ~
18528 \begin_layout Description
18532 \begin_inset space ~
18537 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18538 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18541 \begin_layout Description
18546 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18547 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18548 except for the last page, if
18551 \begin_inset space ~
18559 \begin_layout Description
18563 \begin_inset space ~
18568 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18569 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18572 \begin_layout Description
18573 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18574 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18580 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18583 \begin_inset space ~
18591 \begin_layout Standard
18592 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18593 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18594 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18595 The others will then be defined as
18600 In this context, first means first in this order:
18603 \begin_inset space ~
18615 \begin_inset space ~
18621 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18624 \begin_layout Standard
18626 \begin_inset Tabular
18627 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18628 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18629 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18630 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18631 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18632 <row endfirsthead="true">
18633 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18644 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <row endfirsthead="true">
18664 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <row endhead="true">
18697 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <row endhead="true">
18728 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <row endfoot="true">
18761 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20650 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20681 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20712 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20742 <row endlastfoot="true">
20743 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20754 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20763 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20780 \begin_layout Subsection
20782 \begin_inset Index idx
20785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20794 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20801 \begin_layout Standard
20802 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20803 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20804 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20805 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20809 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20810 for the cell's paragraph.
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20814 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20815 for the column in the table dialog.
20816 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20817 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20821 \begin_layout Standard
20823 \begin_inset Tabular
20824 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20825 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20827 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20848 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20973 This is longer now.
20978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21029 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21030 This is longer now.
21035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21061 \begin_layout Standard
21062 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21063 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21068 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21069 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21075 Selection with the mouse or with
21079 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21080 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21081 the selection from outside the table.
21084 \begin_layout Section
21086 \begin_inset Index idx
21089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21105 \begin_layout Subsection
21109 \begin_layout Standard
21110 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21111 have a fixed location.
21113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21120 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21128 \begin_inset space ~
21133 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21134 too many notes on the page.
21137 \begin_layout Standard
21138 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21139 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21140 and pages without text.
21141 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21142 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21143 Floats are therefore numbered.
21144 Referencing is described in section
21145 \begin_inset space ~
21149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21151 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21158 \begin_layout Standard
21159 To insert a float, use the menu
21161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21165 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21166 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21168 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21169 \begin_inset Index idx
21172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21179 paragraph within the float.
21180 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21181 by left-clicking on the box label.
21182 A closed float box looks like this:
21183 \begin_inset Graphics
21184 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21189 – a gray button with a red label.
21192 \begin_layout Standard
21193 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21194 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21197 \begin_layout Subsection
21201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21205 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21210 \begin_inset Index idx
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21214 Floats ! Figure floats
21222 \begin_layout Standard
21224 \begin_inset space ~
21228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21230 reference "cap:Platypus"
21234 was created using the menu
21236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21237 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21240 or the toolbar button
21243 arg "float-insert figure"
21247 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21253 or the toolbar button
21256 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21260 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21261 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21263 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21265 \begin_inset space ~
21270 or the toolbar button
21273 arg "layout-paragraph"
21279 \begin_layout Standard
21280 \begin_inset Float figure
21285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21287 \begin_inset Graphics
21288 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21298 \begin_inset Caption
21300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21303 name "cap:Platypus"
21307 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21320 \begin_layout Standard
21321 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21323 As described in section
21324 \begin_inset space ~
21328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21330 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21334 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21339 or the toolbar button
21345 and refer to it using the menu
21347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21350 or the toolbar button
21353 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21357 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21366 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21380 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21381 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21382 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21383 as described in section
21384 \begin_inset space ~
21388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21390 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21396 \begin_inset space ~
21400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21402 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21406 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21407 You can also set the images one below the other.
21409 \begin_inset space ~
21413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21415 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21422 reference "fig:Platypus"
21426 are the subfigures.
21429 \begin_layout Standard
21430 \begin_inset Float figure
21435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21436 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21440 \begin_inset Float figure
21445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21446 \begin_inset Caption
21448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21451 name "fig:Undefinable"
21463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21464 \begin_inset Graphics
21465 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21480 \begin_inset Float figure
21485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21486 \begin_inset Caption
21488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21491 name "fig:Platypus"
21503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21504 \begin_inset Graphics
21505 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21517 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21524 \begin_inset Caption
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21529 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21533 Two distorted images.
21546 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21548 \begin_inset Index idx
21551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21552 Floats ! Table floats
21560 \begin_layout Standard
21561 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21564 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21567 or the toolbar botton
21570 arg "float-insert table"
21574 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21577 \begin_inset space ~
21581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21583 reference "tab:Table-float"
21590 \begin_layout Standard
21591 \begin_inset Float table
21596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21597 \begin_inset Caption
21599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21602 name "tab:Table-float"
21614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21616 \begin_inset Tabular
21617 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21618 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21748 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21769 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21772 \end{array}\right]$
21780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21793 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21814 \begin_layout Subsection
21816 \begin_inset Index idx
21819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21828 \begin_layout Standard
21829 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21830 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21831 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21833 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21841 \begin_inset space ~
21849 \begin_layout Section
21851 \begin_inset Index idx
21854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21863 name "sec:Minipages"
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21873 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21874 \begin_inset space ~
21881 \begin_layout Standard
21882 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21888 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21889 and its alignment within the page.
21892 \begin_layout Standard
21894 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21904 height_special "totalheight"
21907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21910 This is a minipage.
21911 The text is set in an italic style.
21914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21917 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21918 another formatting.
21926 \begin_layout Standard
21927 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21930 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21934 as described in section
21935 \begin_inset space ~
21939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21941 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21946 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21952 \begin_layout Standard
21953 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21963 height_special "totalheight"
21966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21968 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21978 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21988 height_special "totalheight"
21991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21992 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21993 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22010 to other box types.
22011 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22018 \begin_inset space ~
22026 \begin_layout Chapter
22027 Mathematical Formulas
22028 \begin_inset Index idx
22031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22038 \begin_inset Index idx
22041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22072 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22079 \begin_layout Standard
22080 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22085 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22088 \begin_layout Section
22090 \begin_inset Index idx
22093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 \begin_layout Standard
22103 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22110 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22112 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22113 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22114 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22122 \begin_layout Standard
22123 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22127 \begin_inset space ~
22132 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22135 \begin_layout Standard
22136 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22137 line, like this one:
22140 \begin_layout Standard
22141 This is a line with an inline formula
22142 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22148 \begin_layout Standard
22149 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22151 \begin_inset Formula
22158 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22161 \begin_layout Standard
22162 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22168 \begin_inset space \space{}
22172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22185 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22186 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22190 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22193 \begin_inset space ~
22201 \begin_layout Subsection
22202 Navigating in Formulas
22203 \begin_inset Index idx
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22215 \begin_layout Standard
22216 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22217 achieved with the arrow keys.
22218 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22219 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22224 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22225 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22229 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22233 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22236 \end{array}\right]$
22244 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22249 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22250 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22258 , printed in this document as
22259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22280 \begin_inset Note Note
22283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22284 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22285 space character (visible space).
22290 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22291 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22292 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22297 For example, if you want
22298 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22352 , since in the latter case only the
22355 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22360 will be under the square root sign:
22361 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22368 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22370 \begin_inset Formula
22372 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22381 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22382 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22385 \begin_layout Subsection
22389 \begin_layout Standard
22390 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22391 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22395 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22396 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22397 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22398 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22399 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22402 \begin_layout Subsection
22403 Exponents and Subscripts
22404 \begin_inset Index idx
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22414 \begin_inset Index idx
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22426 \begin_layout Standard
22427 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22428 way is to use a command.
22430 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22433 , type in a formula
22439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22455 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22461 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22465 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22486 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22495 , you have to use an extra
22499 to separate the hat and the character.
22501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22505 \begin_inset space \space{}
22509 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22530 Subscripts are similar: To get
22531 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22554 \begin_layout Subsection
22556 \begin_inset Index idx
22559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22568 \begin_layout Standard
22569 Create a fraction with either the command
22576 \begin_inset Graphics
22577 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22585 \begin_inset space ~
22591 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22592 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22593 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22598 To move back up, press
22603 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22604 \begin_inset Formula
22606 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22609 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22617 \begin_layout Subsection
22619 \begin_inset Index idx
22622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22631 \begin_layout Standard
22632 Roots can be created using the
22635 \begin_inset space ~
22641 \begin_inset Graphics
22642 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22644 groupId toolbarbuttons
22667 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22673 produces always a square root.
22676 \begin_layout Subsection
22677 Operators with Limits
22678 \begin_inset Index idx
22681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22688 \begin_inset Index idx
22691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22700 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22707 \begin_layout Standard
22709 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22713 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22716 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22717 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22718 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22719 The sum operator will automatically place its
22720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22727 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22730 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22734 \begin_inset Formula
22736 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22741 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22745 \begin_layout Standard
22746 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22748 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22749 behind the operator and hitting
22757 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22758 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22760 \begin_inset space ~
22764 \begin_inset space ~
22772 \begin_layout Standard
22773 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22781 feature as addition, such as
22782 \begin_inset Index idx
22785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22792 \begin_inset Formula
22794 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22799 which will place the
22800 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22812 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22813 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22819 \begin_layout Standard
22820 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22827 Have a look at section
22828 \begin_inset space ~
22832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22834 reference "sub:Functions"
22838 for an explanation of function macros.
22841 \begin_layout Subsection
22843 \begin_inset Index idx
22846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22855 \begin_layout Standard
22856 Most math symbols can be found in the
22859 \begin_inset space ~
22864 under one of several categories; including
22881 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22885 \begin_layout Standard
22886 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22887 you don't have to use the
22890 \begin_inset space ~
22895 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22896 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22899 \begin_layout Subsection
22901 \begin_inset Index idx
22904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22913 \begin_layout Standard
22914 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22919 arg "space-insert protected"
22925 \begin_inset space ~
22931 \begin_inset Graphics
22932 filename ../images/math/space.png
22934 groupId toolbarbuttons
22939 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22940 For example, the sequence
22945 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22949 \begin_inset Graphics
22950 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22955 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22956 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22957 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22958 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22960 Here are two examples:
22963 \begin_layout Standard
22973 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22979 \begin_layout Standard
22989 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22995 \begin_layout Subsection
22997 \begin_inset Index idx
23000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23009 name "sub:Functions"
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23020 \begin_inset space ~
23025 contains under the button
23026 \begin_inset Graphics
23027 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23029 groupId toolbarbuttons
23033 a number of function macros, such as
23034 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23038 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23046 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23053 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23054 avoid confusions, because
23055 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23059 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23065 \begin_layout Standard
23066 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23068 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23072 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23078 \begin_layout Standard
23079 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23080 s are placed, as described in section
23081 \begin_inset space ~
23085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23087 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23094 \begin_layout Subsection
23096 \begin_inset Index idx
23099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23108 \begin_layout Standard
23109 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23111 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23112 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23113 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23117 \begin_inset space \space{}
23121 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23124 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23125 Our example is entered by typing
23133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23146 \begin_inset space ~
23150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23152 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23156 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23159 \begin_layout Standard
23160 \begin_inset Float table
23165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23166 \begin_inset Caption
23168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23171 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23175 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23185 \begin_inset Tabular
23186 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23187 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23188 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23382 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23544 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23772 \begin_layout Standard
23773 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23776 \begin_inset space ~
23782 \begin_inset Graphics
23783 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23785 groupId toolbarbuttons
23789 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23793 \begin_layout Section
23794 Brackets and Delimiters
23795 \begin_inset Index idx
23798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23805 \begin_inset Index idx
23808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23817 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23824 \begin_layout Standard
23825 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23826 For most purposes, using just the keys
23831 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23832 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23833 toolbar delimiter icon
23836 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23840 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23842 \begin_inset Formula
23844 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23852 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23853 \begin_inset Formula
23855 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23864 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23865 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23868 \begin_layout Standard
23869 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23870 left side and right side.
23871 If you use the option
23874 \begin_inset space ~
23879 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23880 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23881 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23882 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23885 \begin_layout Standard
23886 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23887 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23888 inside the brackets.
23889 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23894 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23897 \begin_layout Section
23898 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23899 \begin_inset Index idx
23902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23909 \begin_inset Index idx
23912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23919 \begin_inset Index idx
23922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23923 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23931 \begin_layout Standard
23932 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23935 \begin_inset space ~
23941 \begin_inset Graphics
23942 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23944 groupId toolbarbuttons
23949 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23950 Here is an example:
23951 \begin_inset Formula
23953 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23962 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23963 \begin_inset space ~
23967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23969 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23974 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23975 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23976 This alignment is set in the box
23981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24029 for every column as default.
24030 For example, the sequence
24031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24042 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24043 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24044 corresponds to the relevant column.
24045 The result will look like this:
24046 \begin_inset Formula
24049 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24050 column & has & has\, right\\
24051 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24061 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24064 arg "newline-insert newline"
24067 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24068 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24070 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24073 or the math toolbar.
24076 \begin_layout Standard
24077 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24078 It can be created with the menu
24080 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24081 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24083 \begin_inset space ~
24095 Here is an example:
24096 \begin_inset Formula
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24111 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24114 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24117 arg "newline-insert newline"
24121 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24126 arg "newline-insert newline"
24129 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24137 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24138 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24139 A new row is created by every further hit of
24142 arg "newline-insert newline"
24146 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24147 Here is an example:
24148 \begin_inset Formula
24150 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24151 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24156 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24157 where you want to start the shift and hit
24162 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24163 position to the next column.
24164 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24165 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24166 \begin_inset Formula
24168 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24176 \begin_layout Standard
24177 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24184 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24185 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24188 reference "eq:asquared"
24193 The other types are described in section
24194 \begin_inset space ~
24198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24200 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24207 \begin_layout Section
24208 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24209 \begin_inset Index idx
24212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24213 Math ! Formula numbering
24219 \begin_inset Index idx
24222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24223 Math ! Referencing formulas
24229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24231 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24238 \begin_layout Standard
24239 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24241 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24242 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24244 \begin_inset space ~
24252 arg "math-number-toggle"
24256 The formula number appears in LyX as
24257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24264 within parentheses.
24266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24273 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24275 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24276 the document class.
24277 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24278 separated by a dot:
24279 \begin_inset Formula
24289 arg "math-number-toggle"
24292 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24293 You can only number displayed formulas.
24296 \begin_layout Standard
24297 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24299 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24300 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24302 \begin_inset space ~
24306 \begin_inset space ~
24310 \begin_inset space ~
24318 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24321 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24322 \begin_inset Formula
24325 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24331 To number all lines use the shortcut
24334 arg "math-number-toggle"
24340 \begin_layout Standard
24341 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24344 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24345 A label is inserted with the menu
24347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24350 when the cursor is in the formula.
24351 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24352 It is recommended to use the proposed
24353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24364 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24365 type when you have many labels in your document.
24366 We inserted in the following example the label
24367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24374 in the second line:
24375 \begin_inset Formula
24377 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24378 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24383 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24384 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24394 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24398 \begin_inset space ~
24404 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24405 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross reference box and in the output
24406 as the formula number:
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24410 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24413 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24420 \begin_layout Standard
24421 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24422 \begin_inset space ~
24426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24428 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24433 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24439 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24444 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24452 \begin_layout Section
24453 User defined math macros
24454 \begin_inset Index idx
24457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24466 \begin_layout Standard
24467 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24468 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24469 Math macros are explained in section
24472 \begin_inset space ~
24484 \begin_layout Section
24488 \begin_layout Subsection
24490 \begin_inset Index idx
24493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24504 To set a font in a formula, use the
24507 \begin_inset space ~
24513 \begin_inset Graphics
24514 filename ../images/math/font.png
24516 groupId toolbarbuttons
24520 , or enter its command, listed in table
24521 \begin_inset space ~
24525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24527 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24535 \begin_inset Float table
24540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24541 \begin_inset Caption
24543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24546 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24550 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24560 \begin_inset Tabular
24561 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24562 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24596 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24623 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24650 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24683 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24710 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24737 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24771 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24798 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24832 \begin_layout Standard
24833 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24841 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24857 \begin_layout Standard
24858 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24859 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24864 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24865 space when you need a space in the box.
24866 Here an example where
24867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24878 denotes the set of numbers:
24879 \begin_inset Formula
24881 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24890 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24896 \begin_inset space \space{}
24908 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24912 \begin_inset Newline newline
24915 So it is better not to use this feature.
24918 \begin_layout Standard
24919 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24920 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24924 \begin_inset Newline newline
24927 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24933 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24934 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24940 \begin_layout Standard
24947 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24950 \begin_layout Standard
24951 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24953 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24954 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24956 \begin_inset space ~
24964 \begin_layout Subsection
24966 \begin_inset Index idx
24969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24979 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24981 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24985 \begin_inset space ~
24989 \begin_inset space ~
24997 \begin_inset space ~
25003 \begin_inset Graphics
25004 filename ../images/math/font.png
25006 groupId toolbarbuttons
25017 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25018 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25019 Here is an example:
25020 \begin_inset Formula
25023 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25024 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25033 \begin_layout Subsection
25035 \begin_inset Index idx
25038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25048 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25049 automatically chosen in most situations.
25067 For most characters,
25075 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25076 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25081 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25082 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25084 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25085 \begin_inset Graphics
25086 filename ../images/math/style.png
25088 groupId toolbarbuttons
25093 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25094 For example, you can set
25095 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25098 , which is normally in
25107 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25111 The four styles are used in the following example:
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25115 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25119 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25123 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25127 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25133 \begin_layout Standard
25134 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25135 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25139 \begin_inset space ~
25144 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25145 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25146 will be adjusted to correspond.
25147 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25162 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25168 \begin_layout Section
25172 \begin_layout Standard
25173 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25174 the document classes and into layout modules.
25175 \begin_inset Index idx
25178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25184 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25185 other than the AMS classes.
25187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25189 reference "sub:Modules"
25193 for more on layout modules.
25196 \begin_layout Section
25198 \begin_inset Index idx
25201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25208 \begin_inset Index idx
25211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25221 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25222 (AMS) that are in common use.
25225 \begin_layout Subsection
25226 Enabling AMS-Support
25229 \begin_layout Standard
25230 Selecting the checkbox
25233 \begin_inset space ~
25237 \begin_inset space ~
25241 \begin_inset space ~
25248 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25252 \begin_inset Index idx
25255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25256 Document ! Settings
25264 \begin_inset space ~
25269 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25271 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25272 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25275 \begin_layout Subsection
25277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25279 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25284 \begin_inset Index idx
25287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25288 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25298 LyX allows you to choose between
25319 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25322 \begin_layout Chapter
25326 \begin_layout Section
25328 \begin_inset Index idx
25331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25340 name "sec:Cross-References"
25347 \begin_layout Standard
25348 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25349 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25351 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25352 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25353 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25356 \begin_layout Enumerate
25360 \begin_layout Enumerate
25361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25363 name "enu:Second-item"
25370 \begin_layout Enumerate
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25375 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25380 or by pressing the toolbar button
25387 A gray label box like this:
25388 \begin_inset Graphics
25389 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25394 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25395 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25430 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25435 \begin_inset space \space{}
25438 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25459 or the toolbar button
25462 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25466 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25467 \begin_inset Graphics
25468 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25473 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25475 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25488 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25492 \begin_layout Standard
25495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25498 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25503 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25504 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25506 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25518 \begin_layout Standard
25519 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25520 \begin_inset space ~
25524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25526 reference "enu:Second-item"
25533 \begin_layout Standard
25534 It is recommended to use a protected space
25538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25539 described in section
25540 \begin_inset space ~
25544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25546 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25555 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25556 line breaks between them.
25559 \begin_layout Standard
25560 There are six formats of cross-references:
25563 \begin_layout Description
25564 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25567 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25574 \begin_layout Description
25575 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25576 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25588 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25595 \begin_layout Description
25596 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25597 \begin_inset space ~
25601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25602 LatexCommand pageref
25603 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25610 \begin_layout Description
25612 \begin_inset space ~
25616 \begin_inset space ~
25619 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25621 LatexCommand vpageref
25622 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25629 \begin_layout Description
25631 \begin_inset space ~
25635 \begin_inset space ~
25639 \begin_inset space ~
25642 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25645 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25652 \begin_layout Description
25654 \begin_inset space ~
25657 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25658 \begin_inset Newline newline
25662 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25670 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25679 \begin_inset Index idx
25682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25683 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25689 \begin_inset Index idx
25692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25693 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25704 \begin_inset Newline newline
25707 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25710 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25714 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25715 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25723 is the default and preferred because
25727 supports only English documents.
25728 The format is specified by using the command
25740 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25741 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25754 ) can be done with this command
25755 \begin_inset Newline newline
25762 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25767 \begin_inset Newline newline
25770 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25774 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25781 \begin_layout Description
25783 \begin_inset space ~
25786 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25788 LatexCommand nameref
25789 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25796 \begin_layout Standard
25801 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25808 \begin_inset space \space{}
25812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25826 <reference> on page <page>
25828 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25832 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25833 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25834 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25838 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25842 \begin_layout Standard
25843 You can only use the style
25847 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25851 is always possible.
25854 \begin_layout Standard
25855 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25856 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25858 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25859 \begin_inset space ~
25863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25865 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25872 \begin_layout Standard
25873 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25877 \begin_inset space ~
25881 \begin_inset space ~
25886 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25887 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25890 \begin_inset space ~
25895 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25896 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25899 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25905 \begin_layout Standard
25906 You can change labels at any time.
25907 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25908 do not need to take care about this.
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25912 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25913 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25917 References are described in detail in sec.
25918 \begin_inset space ~
25922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25932 \begin_inset space ~
25940 \begin_layout Section
25941 Table of Contents and other Listings
25942 \begin_inset Index idx
25945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25952 \begin_inset Index idx
25955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25971 \begin_layout Subsection
25973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25975 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25982 \begin_layout Standard
25983 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25985 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25986 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25988 \begin_inset space ~
25992 \begin_inset space ~
25998 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25999 If you click on it, the
26003 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26004 sections in your documents.
26005 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26007 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26010 that is described in sec.
26011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26017 reference "sec:Navigating"
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26025 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26026 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26028 \begin_inset space ~
26032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26034 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26038 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26040 \begin_inset space ~
26044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26046 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26050 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26052 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26055 \begin_layout Subsection
26056 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26059 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26067 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26068 You can insert them via the
26070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26072 \begin_inset space ~
26076 \begin_inset space ~
26082 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26085 \begin_layout Section
26086 URLs and Hyperlinks
26087 \begin_inset Index idx
26090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26097 \begin_inset Index idx
26100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26109 \begin_layout Subsection
26111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26120 \begin_layout Standard
26121 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26129 \begin_layout Standard
26130 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26131 \begin_inset Flex URL
26134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26144 \begin_layout Standard
26145 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26151 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26156 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26164 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26172 \begin_layout Subsection
26174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26176 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26184 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26189 or with the toolbar button
26196 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26205 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26206 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26207 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26209 name "LyX's homepage"
26210 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26214 , an Email address like this:
26215 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26217 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26218 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26223 , or a link to a file.
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26227 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26240 to the link target.
26243 \begin_layout Standard
26244 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26245 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26246 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26247 the text style dialog.
26248 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26252 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26254 name "LyX's homepage"
26255 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26267 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26269 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26270 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26274 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26276 \begin_inset Newline newline
26284 \begin_inset Newline newline
26291 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26294 \begin_layout Section
26296 \begin_inset Index idx
26299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26308 name "sec:Appendices"
26315 \begin_layout Standard
26316 Appendices are created with the menu
26318 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26320 \begin_inset space ~
26324 \begin_inset space ~
26330 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26331 as the appendix region.
26332 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26336 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26337 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26338 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26339 and the subsection number.
26340 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26344 \begin_layout Standard
26346 \begin_inset space ~
26350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26352 reference "cha:Credits"
26357 \begin_inset space ~
26361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26363 reference "sub:Export"
26370 \begin_layout Section
26372 \begin_inset Index idx
26375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26384 name "sec:Bibliography"
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26392 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26393 You can include a bibliography database,
26397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26398 Known under the name
26399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26411 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26412 manually, using the paragraph environment
26416 , which was described in section
26417 \begin_inset space ~
26421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26423 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26428 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26429 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26433 use a bibliography database.
26436 \begin_layout Subsection
26437 The Bibliography Environment
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26445 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26447 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26456 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26458 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26467 , a short form of its title, as key.
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26471 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26476 or the toolbar button
26479 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26483 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26484 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26485 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26486 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26490 \begin_layout Standard
26491 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26492 entry with surrounding brackets.
26497 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26498 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26513 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26518 key "latexcompanion"
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26526 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26527 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26536 \begin_layout Subsection
26537 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26538 \begin_inset Index idx
26541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26542 Bibliography ! Databases
26548 \begin_inset Index idx
26551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26552 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26560 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26568 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26574 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26576 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26577 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26582 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26584 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26585 your working field in a database.
26586 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26587 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26589 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26594 The database is a text file with the file extension
26595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26606 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26607 The format is explained in
26608 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26614 and in LaTeX books (
26615 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26617 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26622 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26623 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26624 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26625 \begin_inset Flex URL
26628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26630 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26638 \begin_layout Standard
26639 To use a database, use the menu
26641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26646 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26659 \begin_inset space ~
26665 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26666 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26669 Add bibliography to TOC
26671 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26676 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26677 in the document or just the cited references.
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26681 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26693 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26694 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26695 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26697 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26703 For information how this is done, have a look at
26704 \begin_inset Newline newline
26708 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26710 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26722 \begin_layout Standard
26723 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26727 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26728 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26729 either in the document settings under
26733 or in LyX's preferences under
26735 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26750 The following variants are possible:
26753 \begin_layout Description
26754 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26755 other bibliography packages (like e.
26756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26760 \begin_inset space ~
26767 ), only with the package
26771 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26775 \begin_layout Description
26776 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26777 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26778 with all bibliography packages, except of
26783 \begin_layout Description
26784 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26789 , works with all bibliography packages
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26793 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26795 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26801 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26810 \begin_layout Standard
26811 When you select the option
26813 Sectioned bibliography
26817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26820 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26821 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26823 Customizing Bibliographies
26831 Additional Features
26836 \begin_layout Standard
26837 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26838 the two methods of creating them.
26839 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26840 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26841 We used the style file
26845 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26848 \begin_layout Subsection
26849 Bibliography layout
26850 \begin_inset Index idx
26853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26854 Bibliography ! Layout
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26863 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26864 For this feature you need to enable the option
26870 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26874 \begin_inset Index idx
26877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26878 Document ! Settings
26888 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26889 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26890 in the previous section.
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26894 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26895 in the citation reference window.
26896 Here an example where we set the text
26897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26901 \begin_inset space ~
26905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26908 to appear after the reference:
26911 \begin_layout Standard
26913 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26916 key "latexcompanion"
26923 \begin_layout Section
26925 \begin_inset Index idx
26928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26949 \begin_inset space ~
26954 or the toolbar button
26962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26973 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26974 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26975 by LyX as the index entry.
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26979 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26980 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26982 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26984 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26991 \begin_layout Standard
26992 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26994 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26996 \begin_inset space ~
27000 \begin_inset space ~
27003 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27005 \begin_inset space ~
27011 A light blue box labeled
27012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27023 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27024 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27027 \begin_layout Subsection
27028 Grouping Index Entries
27029 \begin_inset Index idx
27032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27042 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27044 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27045 lists under the entry
27046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27054 First we create the entry
27055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27063 \begin_inset space ~
27067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27069 reference "sub:Lists"
27074 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27075 \begin_inset space ~
27079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27081 reference "sec:Itemize"
27085 , we insert the command
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27098 \begin_layout Standard
27104 \begin_layout Standard
27105 for the enumerated list in section
27106 \begin_inset space ~
27110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27112 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27120 The exclamation mark
27121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27128 marks the grouping levels.
27129 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27130 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27131 If we don't have an index entry for
27132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27139 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27142 \begin_layout Subsection
27144 \begin_inset Index idx
27147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27148 Index ! Page ranges
27156 \begin_layout Standard
27157 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27159 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27165 \begin_inset space \space{}
27168 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27170 \begin_inset space ~
27174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27176 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27183 \begin_layout Standard
27186 Paragraph environments|(
27189 \begin_layout Standard
27190 and another entry at the end of section
27191 \begin_inset space ~
27195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27197 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27207 Paragraph environments|)
27210 \begin_layout Standard
27212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27235 respectively start and end the index range.
27236 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27237 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27238 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27239 An example is the index entry
27240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27243 Document ! Settings
27244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27250 \begin_layout Subsection
27252 \begin_inset Index idx
27255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27256 Index ! Cross referencing
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27265 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27266 We referred for example in the index entry
27267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27275 \begin_inset space ~
27279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27281 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27285 ) to the index entry
27286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27293 in the same section using the entry
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27299 GIF|see{Image formats}
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27303 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27304 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27305 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27308 \begin_layout Subsection
27310 \begin_inset Index idx
27313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27314 Index ! Entry order
27322 \begin_layout Standard
27323 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27324 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27325 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27330 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27332 \begin_inset space ~
27336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27338 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27347 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27348 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27373 \begin_inset Index idx
27376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27377 Dummy entries ! maïs
27383 \begin_inset Index idx
27386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27387 Dummy entries ! maître
27393 \begin_inset Index idx
27396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27397 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27402 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27403 order maïs, maison, maître.
27404 To achieve this, we use the command
27407 \begin_layout Standard
27410 previous entry@current entry
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27414 In our case we want to have
27415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27430 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27440 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27441 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27453 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27458 to generate the index (see sec.
27459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27465 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27474 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27482 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27486 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27487 index commands start with
27488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27500 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27505 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27508 \begin_layout Standard
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27532 \begin_layout Subsection
27534 \begin_inset Index idx
27537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27538 Index ! Entry layout
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27547 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27548 \begin_inset Index idx
27551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27554 This is an italic dummy entry
27559 You can also format the page number using the character
27560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27567 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27568 We can write for example
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27574 italic page number:|textit
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27578 to get the page number in italic.
27579 \begin_inset Index idx
27582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27583 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27588 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27606 \begin_inset space ~
27612 Have a look at section
27613 \begin_inset space ~
27617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27619 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27623 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27635 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27639 to generate the index, see sec.
27640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27646 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27655 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27656 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27658 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27661 key "latexcompanion"
27673 \begin_layout Standard
27674 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27676 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27677 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27678 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27679 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27680 If so, put the following in the preamble
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27706 in the index entry.
27707 \begin_inset Index idx
27710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27711 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27716 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27717 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27718 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27722 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27728 \begin_inset space \space{}
27731 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27732 for all index entries.
27733 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27745 documentation for details,
27746 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27748 key "makeindex,xindy"
27755 \begin_layout Subsection
27757 \begin_inset Index idx
27760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27769 name "sub:Index-Program"
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27777 If the index entry program
27781 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27785 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27794 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27795 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27796 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27797 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27798 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27808 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27809 dialog, see section
27810 \begin_inset space ~
27814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27816 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27821 The available options are listed and explained in
27822 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27824 key "makeindex,xindy"
27829 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27833 \begin_layout Standard
27834 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27835 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27838 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27839 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27843 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27844 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27847 \begin_layout Subsection
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27852 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27853 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27861 next to the standard index.
27862 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27863 packages that add this feature.
27869 \begin_inset Index idx
27872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27873 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27878 package to generate multiple indexes.
27879 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27880 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27881 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27888 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27889 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27890 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27894 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27896 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27897 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27904 Use multiple Indexes
27905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27909 Note that the list of
27910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27917 below already contains the standard index.
27918 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27919 also appear as a heading) to the
27920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27927 input field and press the
27928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27936 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27937 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27938 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27942 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27948 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27949 indexes in the LyX work area.
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27953 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27958 \begin_inset space ~
27962 \begin_inset space ~
27971 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27972 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27973 are some additional features:
27976 \begin_layout Itemize
27977 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27978 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27981 \begin_layout Itemize
27982 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27983 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27992 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27997 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27998 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27999 to the non-subindexes.
28002 \begin_layout Section
28003 Nomenclature / Glossary
28004 \begin_inset Index idx
28007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28014 \begin_inset Index idx
28017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28048 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28055 \begin_layout Standard
28056 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28057 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28061 \begin_layout Standard
28062 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28067 \begin_inset Index idx
28070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28071 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28077 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28078 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28084 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28088 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28089 and then use the menu
28091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28097 \begin_inset space ~
28102 or the toolbar button
28105 arg "nomencl-insert"
28110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28121 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28124 \begin_layout Standard
28125 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28126 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28127 The second is the description of the symbol.
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28139 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28147 \begin_layout Subsection
28148 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28149 \begin_inset Index idx
28152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28153 Nomenclature ! Layout
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28162 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28166 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28172 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28180 \begin_inset Newline newline
28188 \begin_inset Newline newline
28194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28201 character starts/ends the formula.
28202 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28214 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28224 \begin_layout Standard
28225 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28226 \begin_inset space ~
28230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28232 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28243 \begin_inset space ~
28248 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28249 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28254 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28261 in this document is:
28262 \begin_inset Newline newline
28267 dummy entry for the character
28272 \begin_inset Newline newline
28284 \begin_inset space ~
28294 font use the command
28323 \begin_layout Subsection
28324 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28325 \begin_inset Index idx
28328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28329 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28337 \begin_layout Standard
28338 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28339 the symbol definition.
28340 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28341 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28344 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28345 LatexCommand nomenclature
28347 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28354 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28358 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28359 LatexCommand nomenclature
28362 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28367 They will be sorted by
28368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28394 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28397 will be sorted before the
28401 since the character
28402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28409 is considered in sorting.
28412 \begin_layout Standard
28413 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28416 \begin_inset space ~
28421 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28422 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28424 For the example given, you can insert
28428 in this field for the
28429 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28436 will be located before
28437 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28443 \begin_layout Standard
28444 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28449 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28458 \begin_layout Subsection
28459 Nomenclature Options
28460 \begin_inset Index idx
28463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28464 Nomenclature ! Options
28472 \begin_layout Standard
28477 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28478 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28481 \begin_layout Description
28482 refeq Appends the phrase
28483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28498 to every nomenclature entry, where
28504 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28507 \begin_layout Description
28508 refpage Appends the phrase
28509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28524 to every nomenclature entry, where
28530 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28533 \begin_layout Description
28534 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28538 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28539 class options list in the
28541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28545 In this document the options
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28553 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28560 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28561 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28566 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28569 \begin_layout Description
28579 \begin_layout Description
28582 nomrefpage Like the
28589 \begin_layout Description
28592 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28601 \begin_layout Description
28605 \begin_inset space ~
28611 \begin_inset space ~
28616 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28619 \begin_layout Standard
28621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28628 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28629 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28632 \begin_layout Standard
28640 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28643 \begin_inset Newline newline
28650 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28655 \begin_inset Newline newline
28659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28674 by their translation.
28677 \begin_layout Subsection
28678 Printing the Nomenclature
28679 \begin_inset Index idx
28682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28683 Nomenclature ! Printing
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28692 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28694 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28696 \begin_inset space ~
28700 \begin_inset space ~
28703 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28719 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28720 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28721 You can choose between these settings:
28724 \begin_layout Description
28725 Default a space of 1
28726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28732 \begin_layout Description
28734 \begin_inset space ~
28738 \begin_inset space ~
28741 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28744 \begin_layout Description
28745 Custom custom space
28748 \begin_layout Standard
28749 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28758 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28766 For example, in order to change the name to
28770 , add the following line to the preamble:
28773 \begin_layout Standard
28781 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28784 \begin_layout Subsection
28785 Nomenclature Program
28786 \begin_inset Index idx
28789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28790 Nomenclature ! Program
28796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28798 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28805 \begin_layout Standard
28806 LyX uses the program
28810 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28811 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28816 by adding options, see section
28817 \begin_inset space ~
28821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28823 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28828 The available options are listed and explained in
28829 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28831 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28838 \begin_layout Section
28840 \begin_inset Index idx
28843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28850 \begin_inset Index idx
28853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28854 Document ! Branches
28860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28862 name "sec:Branches"
28869 \begin_layout Standard
28870 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28871 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28872 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28873 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28876 \begin_layout Standard
28877 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28878 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28879 To create a branch, either select the menu
28881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28882 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28885 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28887 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28894 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28895 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28896 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28897 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28898 (see below for an example).
28899 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28900 to the name of the other) and to add
28901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28913 \begin_inset space ~
28916 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28917 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28920 \begin_layout Standard
28921 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28922 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28927 where you can choose a branch.
28928 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28932 \begin_layout Standard
28933 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28934 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28938 \begin_inset Branch Question
28941 \begin_layout Standard
28942 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28950 \begin_layout Standard
28951 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28954 \begin_layout Standard
28955 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28963 \begin_layout Standard
28970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28971 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28974 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28975 Consider for example a file
28976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28983 which has the above branches.
28985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28992 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29016 branch were inactive,
29017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29032 branch was active, likewise
29033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29048 branch was active, and
29049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29052 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29056 if both branches were active.
29057 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29061 \begin_layout Standard
29062 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29068 \begin_layout Standard
29069 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29070 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29072 For example you can define for the question branch
29076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29077 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29078 \begin_inset space ~
29082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29084 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29106 \begin_layout Standard
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29117 and for the answer branch
29120 \begin_layout Standard
29130 \begin_layout Standard
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29141 \begin_inset Branch Question
29144 \begin_layout Standard
29148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29176 \begin_layout Standard
29177 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29180 \begin_layout Standard
29184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29212 \begin_layout Standard
29213 Now it is possible to use the commands
29217 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29224 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29227 to obtain conditional output.
29228 Here is an example formula where only the
29235 \begin_inset Formula
29237 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29245 \begin_layout Standard
29246 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29254 \begin_layout Section
29256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29258 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29263 \begin_inset Index idx
29266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29275 \begin_layout Standard
29280 dialog allows you in the
29284 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29285 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29290 \begin_inset Index idx
29293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29294 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29302 \begin_layout Standard
29307 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29308 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29309 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29311 You can specify in the dialog tab
29315 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29317 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29318 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29327 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29328 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29329 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29331 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29332 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29334 \begin_inset space ~
29337 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29338 \begin_inset space ~
29341 1 will only display the sections.
29344 \begin_layout Standard
29345 The header information in the dialog tab
29349 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29350 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29355 \begin_inset space \space{}
29358 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29359 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29362 Automatic fill header
29364 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29365 title and author settings.
29368 \begin_layout Standard
29371 Load in fullscreen mode
29373 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29376 \begin_layout Standard
29377 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29378 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29384 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29385 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29394 \begin_layout Section
29395 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29398 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29405 \begin_layout Subsection
29407 \begin_inset Index idx
29410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29419 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29426 \begin_layout Standard
29427 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29428 constructs, but not all.
29429 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29430 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29431 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29432 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29433 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29437 \begin_layout Standard
29438 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29440 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29444 \begin_inset space ~
29449 or by the toolbar button
29456 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29460 \begin_layout Standard
29461 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29462 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29463 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29464 using the LaTeX-command
29470 , you can write the command part
29476 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29480 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29481 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29482 the following example:
29485 \begin_layout Standard
29486 \begin_inset Graphics
29487 filename clipart/ERT.png
29495 \begin_layout Standard
29499 \begin_layout Standard
29500 This is a line with a
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29527 \begin_layout Standard
29528 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29536 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29537 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29545 \begin_layout Subsection
29546 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29547 \begin_inset Argument
29550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 \begin_inset Index idx
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29569 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29576 \begin_layout Standard
29577 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29578 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29579 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29588 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29589 any time if you know the right commands.
29591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29595 \begin_inset space \space{}
29598 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29600 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29601 all caption labels bold.
29602 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29604 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29608 \begin_layout Standard
29609 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29610 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29611 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29613 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29622 \begin_layout Standard
29623 As result you know that the package
29628 \begin_inset Index idx
29631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29632 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29638 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29640 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29646 \begin_layout Standard
29651 usepackage[options]{package name}
29654 \begin_layout Standard
29655 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29656 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29657 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29660 \begin_layout Standard
29661 In your case the package name is
29666 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29671 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29672 So you add the command
29675 \begin_layout Standard
29680 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29683 \begin_layout Standard
29684 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29689 For more commands provided by the
29693 package, have a look at its documentation,
29694 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29708 \begin_layout Standard
29709 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29711 For example if you use a
29715 class, you don't need the package
29719 , you can instead write
29722 \begin_layout Standard
29727 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29732 \begin_layout Standard
29733 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29734 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29735 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29742 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29745 \begin_layout Standard
29746 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29747 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29749 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29750 the previous section.
29753 \begin_layout Standard
29754 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29756 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29758 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29772 \begin_layout Standard
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29786 \begin_inset Note Note
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29790 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29798 \begin_layout Left Header
29799 \begin_inset Argument
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 \begin_inset Note Note
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 defines the header line as described below
29834 \begin_layout Center Header
29835 \begin_inset Argument
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29847 \begin_layout Right Header
29848 \begin_inset Argument
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29872 \begin_layout Left Footer
29873 \begin_inset Argument
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29897 \begin_layout Center Footer
29898 \begin_inset Argument
29901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29912 \begin_inset Newline newline
29916 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29922 \begin_layout Right Footer
29923 \begin_inset Argument
29926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29948 \begin_layout Section
29949 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29952 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29957 \begin_inset Index idx
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29961 Document ! Header/Footer line
29967 \begin_inset Index idx
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29979 \begin_layout Standard
29980 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29981 to set the headings style to
29987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29993 \begin_inset space ~
29999 As second step add in the menu
30001 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30002 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30009 Custom Header/Footerlines
30010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30014 This module offers the 6
30015 \begin_inset space ~
30021 \begin_layout Description
30023 \begin_inset space ~
30027 \begin_inset space ~
30031 \begin_inset space ~
30035 \begin_inset space ~
30039 \begin_inset space ~
30045 \begin_layout Description
30047 \begin_inset space ~
30051 \begin_inset space ~
30055 \begin_inset space ~
30059 \begin_inset space ~
30063 \begin_inset space ~
30069 \begin_layout Standard
30070 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30073 \begin_layout Standard
30074 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30075 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30077 \begin_inset space ~
30081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30083 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30087 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30090 \begin_layout Standard
30091 \begin_inset Float figure
30097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30100 \begin_inset Tabular
30101 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30102 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30103 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30105 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30107 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30154 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30165 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 The normal text on the page goes here.
30170 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30172 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30173 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30178 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30187 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 \begin_inset Caption
30265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30268 name "fig:Page-layout"
30272 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30285 \begin_layout Subsection
30289 \begin_layout Standard
30290 To define your header line, add all 3
30291 \begin_inset space ~
30295 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30296 the optional arguments on even pages.
30297 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30299 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30300 Defining the footer line works similar.
30303 \begin_layout Standard
30304 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 \begin_inset space ~
30328 \begin_layout Description
30331 thepage prints the current page number
30334 \begin_layout Description
30337 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30340 \begin_layout Description
30343 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30346 \begin_layout Description
30349 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30350 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30357 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30360 because it usually goes in a left header.
30363 \begin_layout Description
30366 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30367 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30369 It is normally used in the right header.
30372 \begin_layout Subsection
30373 Default header/footer
30376 \begin_layout Standard
30377 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30378 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30379 footer has the page number.
30380 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30381 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30382 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30385 \begin_inset space ~
30393 \begin_layout Subsection
30397 \begin_layout Standard
30398 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30399 Some pages are different.
30400 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30401 a new part or chapter in your book.
30402 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30403 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30404 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30408 Header and footer decoration line
30411 \begin_layout Standard
30412 By default, you get a 0.4
30413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30416 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30417 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30429 in the following scheme:
30432 \begin_layout Standard
30439 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30442 \begin_layout Standard
30443 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30452 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30459 \begin_layout Standard
30460 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30461 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30462 \begin_inset space ~
30466 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30475 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30476 Several header/footer lines
30479 \begin_layout Standard
30480 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30481 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30482 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30484 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30496 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30499 \begin_layout Standard
30506 headheight}{height}
30509 \begin_layout Standard
30510 Where height is a size in standard units.
30511 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30512 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30513 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30529 and look via the button
30532 \begin_inset space ~
30537 if you find a warning of the package
30542 \begin_inset Index idx
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30546 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30552 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30553 for your header/footer.
30556 \begin_layout Subsection
30560 \begin_layout Standard
30561 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30562 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30563 This example consists of the following definition:
30566 \begin_layout Description
30568 \begin_inset space ~
30577 , empty optional argument
30580 \begin_layout Description
30582 \begin_inset space ~
30585 Header empty, empty optional argument
30588 \begin_layout Description
30590 \begin_inset space ~
30599 in the optional argument
30602 \begin_layout Description
30604 \begin_inset space ~
30613 in the optional argument
30616 \begin_layout Description
30618 \begin_inset space ~
30630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30634 \begin_inset Newline newline
30638 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30645 in the optional argument
30648 \begin_layout Description
30650 \begin_inset space ~
30659 , empty optional argument
30662 \begin_layout Description
30665 headrulewidth set to 2
30666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30672 \begin_layout Standard
30673 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30675 For more special things like e.
30676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30680 \begin_inset space ~
30683 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30688 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30697 \begin_layout Standard
30698 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30704 \begin_layout Standard
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30712 pagestyle{headings}
30718 \begin_inset Note Note
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 switches back to page style with the default headings
30730 \begin_layout Section
30731 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30734 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30739 \begin_inset Index idx
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 \begin_inset Index idx
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30761 \begin_layout Standard
30762 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30763 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30764 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30767 \begin_layout Subsection
30771 \begin_layout Standard
30772 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30777 \begin_inset Index idx
30780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30786 (on some systems named simply
30791 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30793 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30799 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30800 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30808 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package is
30809 automatically installed together with LyX.
30812 \begin_layout Subsection
30816 \begin_layout Standard
30817 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30818 LaTeX, activate the option
30821 \begin_inset space ~
30828 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30834 \begin_inset space ~
30838 \begin_inset space ~
30841 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30848 \begin_inset space ~
30861 \begin_inset space ~
30866 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30869 \begin_layout Standard
30870 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30874 \begin_layout Standard
30875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30884 generated by activating the option
30887 \begin_inset space ~
30893 Reopening the documents assures to get previews.
30901 \begin_layout Subsection
30902 Selected document parts
30905 \begin_layout Standard
30906 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30907 fox example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30908 which are not yet supported by LyX.
30909 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30911 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30915 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30916 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30917 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30920 \begin_layout Standard
30921 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30927 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30938 is explained in section
30940 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30945 \begin_inset space ~
30955 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30956 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30958 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30960 Here is the result:
30963 \begin_layout Standard
30964 \begin_inset Preview
30966 \begin_layout Standard
30971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30975 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
30981 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
30991 height_special "totalheight"
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31019 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31025 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 \begin_layout Standard
31048 Previewing works also for colors.
31049 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 is explained in section
31074 \begin_inset space ~
31087 \begin_layout Standard
31088 \begin_inset Preview
31090 \begin_layout Standard
31094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31118 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 \begin_layout Standard
31138 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31144 \begin_layout Standard
31145 If LyX does not show a preview, assure that you enabled previews as described
31146 above and also assure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and that
31147 you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31149 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31150 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31151 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31152 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31156 \begin_layout Subsection
31160 \begin_layout Standard
31161 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31164 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31166 \begin_inset space ~
31171 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31172 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31174 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31175 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31176 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31177 the source view window.
31180 \begin_layout Section
31181 Advanced Find and Replace
31182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31184 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31189 \begin_inset Index idx
31192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31199 \begin_inset Index idx
31202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31211 \begin_layout Subsection
31215 \begin_layout Standard
31216 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31217 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31218 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31219 The key-features are:
31222 \begin_layout Itemize
31223 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31224 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31225 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31229 \begin_layout Itemize
31230 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31231 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31232 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31233 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31236 \begin_layout Itemize
31237 Search may be widened to a specific
31242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31246 \begin_inset space ~
31249 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31250 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31257 \begin_layout Itemize
31258 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31259 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31264 \begin_inset space ~
31267 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31270 \begin_layout Subsection
31274 \begin_layout Standard
31275 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31278 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31291 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31294 ) or the toolbar button
31297 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31303 Advanced Find and Replace
31308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31312 \begin_layout Standard
31317 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31322 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31327 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31328 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31329 Pressing repeatedly
31333 keeps searching forward.
31334 Similarly, pressing
31338 searches for the entered text backwards.
31341 \begin_layout Standard
31342 While searching, the
31346 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31356 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31360 Searching for mathematics
31363 \begin_layout Standard
31364 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31368 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31369 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31372 or also something more complex like
31373 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31377 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31378 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31379 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31380 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31386 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31390 \begin_layout Standard
31391 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31392 This is done by switching to the
31396 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31401 This way, entering in the
31408 \begin_layout Itemize
31409 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31410 in emphasized or boldface.
31413 \begin_layout Itemize
31414 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31415 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31416 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31417 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31420 \begin_layout Itemize
31421 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31422 of if only within section headings.
31423 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31424 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31428 \begin_layout Itemize
31429 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31430 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31437 \begin_layout Standard
31438 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31442 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31450 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31454 button or alternatively
31476 \begin_layout Standard
31477 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31478 text segments in your document.
31479 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31483 \begin_layout Itemize
31484 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31485 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31493 with its typewriter version
31496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31506 \begin_layout Itemize
31507 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31513 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31525 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31532 (you may want to enable the
31540 options and disable the
31548 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31556 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31557 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31561 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31564 , or occurrences of
31565 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31569 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31575 \begin_layout Subsection
31579 \begin_layout Standard
31580 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31585 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31587 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31589 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31598 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31604 This is done via the menu
31606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31607 Insert Regular Expression
31609 while the cursor is in the
31614 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31615 expression matching rules
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31626 \begin_inset space ~
31629 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31630 to match expressions.
31635 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31636 same text in the document.
31637 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31638 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31641 \begin_layout Enumerate
31642 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31647 editor the fraction
31648 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31652 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31655 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31656 fractions with the given denominator.
31659 \begin_layout Enumerate
31660 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31672 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31677 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31678 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31680 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31683 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31684 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31687 \begin_layout Standard
31688 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31689 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31690 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31693 , and referring back to them through
31694 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31698 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31702 For example, try searching for the regexp
31703 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31706 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31709 \begin_layout Standard
31710 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31711 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31712 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31717 \begin_inset space ~
31721 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31724 always refers to the first occurrence of
31725 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31728 in all entered regexps.
31731 \begin_layout Standard
31732 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31736 \begin_layout Section
31738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31740 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31745 \begin_inset Index idx
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31757 \begin_layout Standard
31758 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31761 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31768 or the toolbar button
31771 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31774 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31775 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31776 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31777 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31778 scrolled so that it is visible.
31779 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31780 n, if any could be found.
31781 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31785 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31786 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31789 \begin_layout Standard
31790 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31793 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31797 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31798 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31799 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31800 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31801 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31802 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31805 \begin_layout Subsection
31809 \begin_layout Standard
31810 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31813 \begin_inset space ~
31816 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31819 you can set the following things:
31822 \begin_layout Description
31824 \begin_inset space ~
31827 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31828 Depending on your platform,
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31844 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31859 \begin_layout Description
31861 \begin_inset space ~
31864 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31865 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31868 \begin_layout Description
31870 \begin_inset space ~
31873 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31875 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31879 \begin_inset space \space{}
31883 This should normally not be needed.
31886 \begin_layout Description
31888 \begin_inset space ~
31892 \begin_inset space ~
31895 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31907 \begin_layout Description
31909 \begin_inset space ~
31912 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31913 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31914 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31915 in the context menu.
31916 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31920 \begin_layout Description
31922 \begin_inset space ~
31926 \begin_inset space ~
31930 \begin_inset space ~
31933 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31937 \begin_layout Section
31939 \begin_inset Index idx
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31951 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31958 \begin_layout Standard
31959 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31960 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31970 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31972 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31981 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31982 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31983 are available for many languages.
31986 \begin_layout Standard
31987 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31991 \begin_layout Subsection
31992 Setting up the thesaurus
31995 \begin_layout Standard
32003 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32008 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32013 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32019 en_EN for English).
32020 For instance, the English files are named:
32023 \begin_layout Itemize
32027 \begin_layout Itemize
32031 \begin_layout Standard
32032 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32033 already on your system.
32034 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32035 \begin_inset Flex URL
32038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32046 \begin_inset Flex URL
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32051 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32061 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32062 \begin_inset space ~
32066 \begin_inset Flex URL
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32076 are usually packed in extension archives (
32080 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32082 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32083 unpack a zip archive.
32096 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32097 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32099 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32100 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32104 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32107 \begin_layout Subsection
32108 Using the thesaurus
32111 \begin_layout Standard
32112 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32114 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32117 or the toolbar button
32120 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32123 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32125 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32127 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32128 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32129 and hyponyms (such as
32137 ), compounds (such as
32141 ) and antonyms (such as
32149 ), which are marked as such.
32152 \begin_layout Standard
32153 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32154 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32158 \begin_layout Standard
32159 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32160 the dictionary, such as the above
32164 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32169 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32170 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32171 For example looking up the word forms
32179 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32184 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32197 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32198 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32199 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32202 \begin_layout Section
32204 \begin_inset Index idx
32207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 \begin_inset Index idx
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32218 Document ! Change Tracking
32224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32226 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32233 \begin_layout Standard
32234 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32235 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32236 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32237 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32241 \begin_inset space ~
32244 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32246 \begin_inset space ~
32254 \begin_layout Standard
32255 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32269 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32270 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32273 \begin_inset space ~
32277 \begin_inset space ~
32287 \begin_inset Index idx
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32291 Color ! Change tracking
32296 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32297 the cursor is in changed text.
32298 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32301 arg "changes-merge"
32307 \begin_layout Standard
32308 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32309 \begin_inset Index idx
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32321 \begin_layout Standard
32322 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32328 \begin_layout Standard
32329 \begin_inset Graphics
32330 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32338 \begin_layout Standard
32339 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32345 \begin_layout Standard
32346 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32350 \begin_layout Standard
32351 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32357 \begin_layout Standard
32358 \begin_inset Tabular
32359 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32360 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32361 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32362 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32363 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 arg "changes-track"
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32388 \begin_inset space ~
32391 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32393 \begin_inset space ~
32402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 arg "changes-output"
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32427 \begin_inset space ~
32430 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32432 \begin_inset space ~
32436 \begin_inset space ~
32440 \begin_inset space ~
32449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 Jumps to the next change
32476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32485 arg "change-accept"
32493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32501 \begin_inset space ~
32504 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32506 \begin_inset space ~
32515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32524 arg "change-reject"
32532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32540 \begin_inset space ~
32543 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32545 \begin_inset space ~
32554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 arg "changes-merge"
32571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32579 \begin_inset space ~
32582 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32584 \begin_inset space ~
32593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32602 arg "all-changes-accept"
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32618 \begin_inset space ~
32621 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32623 \begin_inset space ~
32627 \begin_inset space ~
32636 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 arg "all-changes-reject"
32653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32661 \begin_inset space ~
32664 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32666 \begin_inset space ~
32670 \begin_inset space ~
32679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32703 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32705 \begin_inset space ~
32714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32739 \begin_inset space ~
32755 \begin_layout Standard
32756 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32762 \begin_layout Standard
32763 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32764 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32765 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32766 the next change after the current cursor position.
32767 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32768 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32769 step to the next change.
32770 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32773 \begin_layout Standard
32774 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32775 to describe a change.
32778 \begin_layout Standard
32779 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32784 \begin_inset Index idx
32787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32794 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32795 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32801 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32804 \begin_layout Section
32805 Comparison of Documents
32806 \begin_inset Index idx
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32810 Comparison of documents
32818 \begin_layout Standard
32819 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32821 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32825 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32827 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32830 \begin_inset space ~
32834 \begin_inset space ~
32838 \begin_inset space ~
32843 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting
32848 \begin_inset space ~
32852 \begin_inset space ~
32856 \begin_inset space ~
32860 \begin_inset space ~
32864 \begin_inset space ~
32868 \begin_inset space ~
32873 enables the change tracking option
32876 \begin_inset space ~
32880 \begin_inset space ~
32884 \begin_inset space ~
32889 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32892 \begin_layout Section
32893 International Support
32894 \begin_inset Index idx
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 International support
32906 \begin_layout Standard
32907 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32908 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32909 how to set up LyX to use them:
32910 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32912 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32919 \begin_layout Standard
32920 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32921 \begin_inset space ~
32925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32927 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32934 \begin_layout Subsection
32936 \begin_inset Index idx
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32946 \begin_inset Index idx
32949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32950 Document ! Settings
32956 \begin_inset Index idx
32959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 Document ! Language
32968 \begin_layout Standard
32971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32974 dialog lets you set
32976 the language and character encoding for your language.
32980 \begin_layout Standard
32981 Choose your language in the
32985 section of this dialog.
32993 \begin_layout Standard
32998 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33003 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33004 For details about the different encoding options see section
33005 \begin_inset space ~
33009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33011 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33018 \begin_layout Subsection
33019 Keyboard mapping configuration
33020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33022 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33029 \begin_layout Standard
33030 If you have for example a U.
33031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33034 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33035 can use an alternate keymap.
33036 For example, if you have a U.
33037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33040 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33041 use an Italian keymap.
33042 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33044 \begin_inset space ~
33048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33050 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33055 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33056 which one you want to use.
33059 \begin_layout Standard
33060 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33061 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33062 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33063 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33064 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33065 one to support the characters you want.
33066 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33073 \begin_layout Subsection
33077 \begin_layout Standard
33079 \begin_inset space ~
33083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33085 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33094 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33098 \begin_layout Standard
33099 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33100 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33108 \begin_layout Itemize
33109 Even if you have selected
33115 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33118 dialog, users who have only the
33122 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33126 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33127 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33128 french quotes will not show up.
33131 \begin_layout Standard
33132 \begin_inset Float table
33137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33138 \begin_inset Caption
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33143 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 \begin_inset Tabular
33162 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33163 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33172 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33177 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37593 \begin_layout Standard
37594 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37596 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37597 also the characters from
37609 \begin_layout Itemize
37618 \begin_layout Standard
37619 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37620 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37626 \begin_layout Standard
37627 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37634 \begin_layout Standard
37635 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37642 \begin_layout Standard
37643 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37650 \begin_layout Standard
37652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37658 \begin_layout Standard
37660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37666 \begin_layout Standard
37668 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37675 \begin_layout Itemize
37688 \begin_layout Standard
37690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37696 \begin_layout Standard
37698 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37704 \begin_layout Standard
37706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37712 \begin_layout Standard
37714 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37720 \begin_layout Standard
37722 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37728 \begin_layout Standard
37730 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37737 \begin_layout Standard
37738 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37739 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37740 Also make sure you're using the
37747 \begin_layout Chapter
37750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37752 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37759 \begin_layout Standard
37760 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37761 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37762 topic inside the user's guide.
37765 \begin_layout Section
37767 \begin_inset Index idx
37770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37779 \begin_layout Standard
37784 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37787 \begin_layout Subsection
37791 \begin_layout Standard
37792 Creates a new document.
37795 \begin_layout Subsection
37799 \begin_layout Standard
37800 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37801 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37802 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37805 \begin_layout Subsection
37809 \begin_layout Standard
37813 \begin_layout Subsection
37817 \begin_layout Standard
37818 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37819 Click there on a file to open it.
37822 \begin_layout Subsection
37826 \begin_layout Standard
37827 Closes the current document.
37830 \begin_layout Subsection
37834 \begin_layout Standard
37835 Closes all opened documents.
37838 \begin_layout Subsection
37842 \begin_layout Standard
37843 Saves the actual document.
37846 \begin_layout Subsection
37850 \begin_layout Standard
37851 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37854 \begin_layout Subsection
37858 \begin_layout Standard
37859 Saves all opened documents.
37862 \begin_layout Subsection
37866 \begin_layout Standard
37867 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37870 \begin_layout Subsection
37874 \begin_layout Standard
37875 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37876 It is described in the section
37878 Version Control in LyX
37882 Additional Features
37887 \begin_layout Subsection
37891 \begin_layout Standard
37892 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37893 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37895 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37898 \begin_layout Standard
37899 When using the menu entry
37902 \begin_inset space ~
37907 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37911 \begin_inset space ~
37915 \begin_inset space ~
37920 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37921 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37924 \begin_layout Subsection
37926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 You can export your document to various file formats.
37937 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37938 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37939 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37942 \begin_layout Standard
37943 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37945 \begin_inset space ~
37949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37951 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37958 \begin_layout Description
37964 \begin_inset space ~
37971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37978 yX format of the special LyX
37979 \begin_inset space ~
37982 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37983 \begin_inset Newline newline
37986 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37989 \begin_layout Description
37990 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37996 \begin_layout Description
37998 \begin_inset space ~
38001 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38007 \begin_layout Description
38008 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38009 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38010 files paths or file names in your document.
38011 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38018 \begin_layout Description
38019 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
38020 paths or file names
38023 \begin_layout Description
38025 \begin_inset space ~
38032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 eX) DVI-format using the program
38043 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38046 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38054 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38062 \begin_layout Description
38064 \begin_inset space ~
38067 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38071 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38076 \begin_layout Description
38077 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38081 \begin_layout Description
38083 \begin_inset space ~
38087 \begin_inset space ~
38090 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38094 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38102 \begin_layout Description
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 \begin_inset space ~
38128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38146 \begin_layout Description
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38161 \begin_inset space ~
38166 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38167 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38171 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38174 \begin_layout Description
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38189 \begin_inset space ~
38194 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38195 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38203 \begin_layout Description
38210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38218 \begin_inset space ~
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38242 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38247 \begin_layout Description
38249 \begin_inset space ~
38253 \begin_inset space ~
38262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38271 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38272 music notation software
38277 \begin_layout Description
38284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 \begin_inset space ~
38298 \begin_inset space ~
38301 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
38302 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
38306 \begin_layout Description
38313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38323 \begin_inset space ~
38326 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38342 represent the version number)
38345 \begin_layout Description
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38364 \begin_layout Description
38365 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38370 \begin_layout Description
38371 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38384 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38388 \begin_layout Description
38392 \begin_inset space ~
38397 PDF-format using the program
38401 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38404 \begin_layout Description
38408 \begin_inset space ~
38415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38424 PDF-format using the program
38428 , produces PDF-files directly
38431 \begin_layout Description
38435 \begin_inset space ~
38440 PDF-format using the program
38444 , produces PDF-files directly
38447 \begin_layout Description
38451 \begin_inset space ~
38456 PDF-format using the program
38460 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38463 \begin_layout Description
38467 \begin_inset space ~
38474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38483 PDF-format using the program
38487 , produces PDF-files directly
38490 \begin_layout Description
38494 \begin_inset space ~
38502 \begin_layout Description
38506 \begin_inset space ~
38510 \begin_inset space ~
38515 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38516 and then exported as text using the program
38521 \begin_layout Description
38526 PostScript format using the program
38531 \begin_layout Description
38532 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38533 programming language
38546 it is possible to use
38553 \begin_layout Standard
38554 If one of the menu entries
38561 \begin_inset space ~
38570 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38571 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38572 \begin_inset space ~
38576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38578 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38583 \begin_inset Index idx
38586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38587 Reconfiguration of LyX
38595 \begin_layout Subsection
38599 \begin_layout Standard
38600 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38601 format or send it to a printer.
38602 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38603 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38609 For more information have a look at section
38610 \begin_inset space ~
38614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38616 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38623 \begin_layout Subsection
38627 \begin_layout Standard
38628 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38629 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38630 prefix, see section
38631 \begin_inset space ~
38635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38637 reference "sec:Paths"
38642 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38651 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38652 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38653 \begin_inset space ~
38657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38659 reference "sub:Converters"
38666 \begin_layout Subsection
38667 New and Close Window
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38674 \begin_layout Subsection
38678 \begin_layout Standard
38679 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38682 \begin_layout Section
38684 \begin_inset Index idx
38687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38696 \begin_layout Subsection
38700 \begin_layout Standard
38701 Described in section
38702 \begin_inset space ~
38706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38708 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38715 \begin_layout Subsection
38716 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38719 \begin_layout Standard
38720 Described in section
38721 \begin_inset space ~
38725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38727 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38734 \begin_layout Subsection
38738 \begin_layout Standard
38739 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38740 Is the cursor outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38743 \begin_layout Subsection
38747 \begin_layout Standard
38748 Selects the whole document.
38751 \begin_layout Subsection
38752 Find & Replace (Quick)
38755 \begin_layout Standard
38756 Described in section
38757 \begin_inset space ~
38761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38763 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38770 \begin_layout Subsection
38771 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38774 \begin_layout Standard
38775 Described in section
38776 \begin_inset space ~
38780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38782 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38789 \begin_layout Subsection
38790 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38793 \begin_layout Standard
38794 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38798 \begin_layout Subsection
38802 \begin_layout Standard
38803 Described in section
38804 \begin_inset space ~
38808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38810 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38817 \begin_layout Subsection
38819 \begin_inset Index idx
38822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38823 Paragraph ! Settings
38831 \begin_layout Standard
38832 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38833 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38836 \begin_layout Standard
38837 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38838 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38846 \begin_inset space ~
38854 \begin_layout Subsection
38855 Table Settings and Math
38858 \begin_layout Standard
38859 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38861 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38862 The properties of tables are described in section
38863 \begin_inset space ~
38867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38869 reference "sec:Tables"
38873 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38874 \begin_inset space ~
38878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38880 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38887 \begin_layout Subsection
38888 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38892 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38894 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38895 \begin_inset space ~
38899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38901 reference "sec:Nesting"
38906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38908 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38915 \begin_layout Section
38917 \begin_inset Index idx
38920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38930 At the bottom of the
38934 menu the opened documents are listed.
38937 \begin_layout Subsection
38938 Open/Close all Insets
38941 \begin_layout Standard
38942 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38945 \begin_layout Subsection
38946 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38949 \begin_layout Standard
38950 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38953 \begin_layout Standard
38954 Math macros are described in the
38961 \begin_layout Subsection
38965 \begin_layout Standard
38966 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38968 \begin_inset space ~
38972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38974 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38981 \begin_layout Subsection
38985 \begin_layout Standard
38986 Opens a window showing console messages.
38987 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38991 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38992 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38995 \begin_layout Subsection
38999 \begin_layout Standard
39000 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39001 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39008 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39012 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39019 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39023 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39024 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39025 \begin_inset space ~
39029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39031 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39036 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39037 The default output format is
39040 \begin_inset space ~
39048 \begin_layout Subsection
39049 View (Other Formats)
39052 \begin_layout Standard
39053 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39054 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39055 actual document with an external program.
39056 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39057 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39058 All possible formats are listed in section
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39065 reference "sub:Export"
39070 You should at least see the menu entry
39075 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39076 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39083 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39088 \begin_inset Index idx
39091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39092 Reconfiguration of LyX
39100 \begin_layout Standard
39101 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39102 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39109 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39114 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39117 \begin_layout Subsection
39121 \begin_layout Standard
39122 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39123 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39126 \begin_layout Subsection
39127 Update (Other Formats)
39130 \begin_layout Standard
39131 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39132 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39135 \begin_layout Subsection
39136 View Master Document
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39156 \begin_inset space ~
39161 manual for more information on this topic).
39162 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39163 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39168 generates the output of the whole book, while
39172 will just output the chapter alone.
39175 \begin_layout Standard
39176 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39177 in the preferences (see sec.
39178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39184 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39188 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39195 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39202 \begin_layout Subsection
39203 Update Master Document
39206 \begin_layout Standard
39207 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39223 \begin_inset space ~
39228 manual for more information on this topic).
39229 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39230 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39233 \begin_layout Standard
39234 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39235 in the preferences (see sec.
39236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39242 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39246 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39253 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39260 \begin_layout Subsection
39264 \begin_layout Standard
39265 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39266 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39267 view the same document, but at different positions.
39268 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39269 or more documents at the same time.
39270 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39277 \begin_layout Subsection
39281 \begin_layout Standard
39282 Closes a split view.
39285 \begin_layout Subsection
39289 \begin_layout Standard
39290 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39291 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39292 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39293 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39294 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39297 \begin_layout Subsection
39299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39301 name "sub:Toolbars"
39306 \begin_inset Index idx
39309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39318 \begin_layout Standard
39319 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39320 All toolbars and the
39323 \begin_inset space ~
39328 can be turned on and off.
39333 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39345 \begin_inset space ~
39353 \begin_inset space ~
39362 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39366 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39373 \begin_layout Standard
39378 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39382 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39383 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39384 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39385 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39386 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39389 \begin_layout Standard
39390 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39391 \begin_inset space ~
39395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39397 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39404 \begin_layout Section
39406 \begin_inset Index idx
39409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39418 \begin_layout Subsection
39422 \begin_layout Standard
39423 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39424 \begin_inset space ~
39428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39430 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39441 \begin_layout Subsection
39443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39445 name "sub:Special-Character"
39452 \begin_layout Standard
39453 Here you can insert the following characters:
39456 \begin_layout Description
39457 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39458 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39459 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39460 \begin_inset Newline newline
39464 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39472 Not all characters will be visible in the
39476 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39484 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39488 ) can display every character.
39496 \begin_layout Description
39497 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39501 \begin_layout Description
39503 \begin_inset space ~
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39510 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39517 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39524 \begin_layout Description
39526 \begin_inset space ~
39529 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39542 \begin_layout Description
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39547 Quote Inserts this quote:
39548 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39554 \begin_layout Description
39556 \begin_inset space ~
39559 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39563 \begin_layout Description
39565 \begin_inset space ~
39568 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39572 \begin_layout Description
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39577 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39581 \begin_layout Description
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39587 \begin_inset Index idx
39590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39597 \begin_inset Index idx
39600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39601 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39606 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39607 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39608 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39613 \begin_inset Index idx
39616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39617 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39623 \begin_inset Newline newline
39626 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39630 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39638 and this Wiki-page:
39639 \begin_inset Newline newline
39643 \begin_inset Flex URL
39646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39648 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39656 \begin_layout Subsection
39660 \begin_layout Standard
39661 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39664 \begin_layout Description
39665 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39666 \begin_inset script superscript
39668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39677 \begin_layout Description
39678 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39679 \begin_inset script subscript
39681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39690 \begin_layout Description
39692 \begin_inset space ~
39695 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39696 \begin_inset space ~
39700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39702 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39709 \begin_layout Description
39711 \begin_inset space ~
39714 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39715 \begin_inset space ~
39719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39721 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39728 \begin_layout Description
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39733 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39734 \begin_inset space ~
39738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39740 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39747 \begin_layout Description
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39752 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39759 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39766 \begin_layout Description
39768 \begin_inset space ~
39771 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39778 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39785 \begin_layout Description
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39790 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39797 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39804 \begin_layout Description
39805 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39806 \begin_inset space ~
39810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39812 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39819 \begin_layout Description
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39824 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39831 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39838 \begin_layout Description
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39843 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39850 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39857 \begin_layout Description
39859 \begin_inset space ~
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39866 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39867 \begin_inset space ~
39871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39873 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39880 \begin_layout Description
39882 \begin_inset space ~
39885 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39886 text line to the page border, see section
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39893 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39900 \begin_layout Description
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39905 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39912 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39919 \begin_layout Description
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39924 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39925 text page to the page border, described in section
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39932 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39939 \begin_layout Description
39941 \begin_inset space ~
39944 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39945 \begin_inset space ~
39949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39951 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39958 \begin_layout Description
39960 \begin_inset space ~
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39967 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39974 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39981 \begin_layout Subsection
39985 \begin_layout Standard
39986 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39987 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39995 reference "sec:toc"
40000 The index list is described in section
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40007 reference "sec:Index"
40011 , the nomenclature in section
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40018 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40022 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40029 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40036 \begin_layout Subsection
40040 \begin_layout Standard
40041 To insert floats, described in section
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40048 reference "sec:Floats"
40055 \begin_layout Subsection
40059 \begin_layout Standard
40060 To insert notes, described in section
40061 \begin_inset space ~
40065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40067 reference "sec:Notes"
40074 \begin_layout Subsection
40078 \begin_layout Standard
40079 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40086 reference "sec:Branches"
40093 \begin_layout Subsection
40097 \begin_layout Standard
40098 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40099 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40101 An example is the document class
40102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40109 with three custom insets.
40112 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40118 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40121 \begin_layout Subsection
40123 \begin_inset Index idx
40126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40135 \begin_layout Standard
40136 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
40137 files in your document.
40138 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40145 \begin_inset space ~
40153 \begin_layout Subsection
40155 \begin_inset Index idx
40158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40167 \begin_layout Standard
40168 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40175 reference "sec:Minipages"
40180 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40195 \begin_layout Subsection
40199 \begin_layout Standard
40200 Inserts a citation as described in section
40201 \begin_inset space ~
40205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40207 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40214 \begin_layout Subsection
40218 \begin_layout Standard
40219 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40220 \begin_inset space ~
40224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40226 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40233 \begin_layout Subsection
40237 \begin_layout Standard
40238 Inserts a label as described in section
40239 \begin_inset space ~
40243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40245 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40252 \begin_layout Subsection
40254 \begin_inset Index idx
40257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40264 \begin_inset Index idx
40267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40268 Longtables ! Caption
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40278 Floats are described in section
40279 \begin_inset space ~
40283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40285 reference "sec:Floats"
40289 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40296 \begin_inset space ~
40304 \begin_layout Subsection
40308 \begin_layout Standard
40309 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40310 \begin_inset space ~
40314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40316 reference "sec:Index"
40323 \begin_layout Subsection
40327 \begin_layout Standard
40328 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40329 \begin_inset space ~
40333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40335 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40342 \begin_layout Subsection
40346 \begin_layout Standard
40348 Tables are described in section
40349 \begin_inset space ~
40353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40355 reference "sec:Tables"
40362 \begin_layout Subsection
40366 \begin_layout Standard
40368 Graphics are described in section
40369 \begin_inset space ~
40373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40375 reference "sec:Graphics"
40382 \begin_layout Subsection
40386 \begin_layout Standard
40387 Inserts an URL as described in section
40388 \begin_inset space ~
40392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40394 reference "sub:URLs"
40401 \begin_layout Subsection
40405 \begin_layout Standard
40406 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40407 \begin_inset space ~
40411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40413 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40420 \begin_layout Subsection
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40425 Inserts a footnote, see section
40426 \begin_inset space ~
40430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40432 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40439 \begin_layout Subsection
40443 \begin_layout Standard
40444 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40445 \begin_inset space ~
40449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40451 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40458 \begin_layout Subsection
40462 \begin_layout Standard
40463 Inserts a short title, see section
40464 \begin_inset space ~
40468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40470 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40477 \begin_layout Subsection
40481 \begin_layout Standard
40482 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40483 \begin_inset space ~
40487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40489 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40496 \begin_layout Subsection
40498 \begin_inset Index idx
40501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40510 \begin_layout Standard
40511 Inserts a program listings box.
40512 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40514 Program Code Listings
40519 \begin_inset space ~
40527 \begin_layout Subsection
40531 \begin_layout Standard
40532 Inserts the actual date.
40533 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40535 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40543 \begin_inset space ~
40551 \begin_layout Subsection
40555 \begin_layout Standard
40556 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40557 \begin_inset space ~
40561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40563 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40570 \begin_layout Section
40572 \begin_inset Index idx
40575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40584 \begin_layout Standard
40585 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40586 \begin_inset space ~
40589 of the current document.
40590 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40593 \begin_layout Subsection
40597 \begin_layout Standard
40598 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40599 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40605 \begin_inset space \space{}
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40613 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40614 \begin_inset space ~
40617 2.5 and use the submenu
40620 \begin_inset space ~
40624 \begin_inset space ~
40631 \begin_inset space ~
40637 \begin_inset space ~
40641 \begin_inset space ~
40647 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40651 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40657 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40663 \begin_layout Standard
40664 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40665 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40668 \begin_layout Subsection
40669 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40672 \begin_layout Standard
40673 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40677 \begin_layout Subsection
40681 \begin_layout Standard
40682 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40683 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40684 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40688 \begin_inset space ~
40692 \begin_inset space ~
40700 \begin_layout Subsection
40704 \begin_layout Standard
40705 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40706 in the output, see section
40709 \begin_inset space ~
40717 \begin_inset space ~
40722 manual for a detailed description.
40725 \begin_layout Section
40727 \begin_inset Index idx
40730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40739 \begin_layout Subsection
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40744 Change Tracking is described in section
40745 \begin_inset space ~
40749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40751 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40758 \begin_layout Subsection
40763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40773 \begin_layout Standard
40774 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40776 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40779 \begin_layout Standard
40780 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40785 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40788 \begin_layout Subsection
40792 \begin_layout Standard
40793 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40794 \begin_inset space ~
40798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40800 reference "sec:Navigating"
40805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40807 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40814 \begin_layout Subsection
40815 Start Appendix Here
40818 \begin_layout Standard
40819 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40820 position as described in section
40821 \begin_inset space ~
40825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40827 reference "sec:Appendices"
40834 \begin_layout Subsection
40838 \begin_layout Standard
40839 Un/compresses the current document.
40842 \begin_layout Subsection
40846 \begin_layout Standard
40847 The document settings are described in appendix
40848 \begin_inset space ~
40852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40854 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40861 \begin_layout Section
40863 \begin_inset Index idx
40866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40875 \begin_layout Subsection
40879 \begin_layout Standard
40880 Spell checking is explained in section
40881 \begin_inset space ~
40885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40887 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40894 \begin_layout Subsection
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40899 The thesaurus is described in section
40900 \begin_inset space ~
40904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40906 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40913 \begin_layout Subsection
40915 \begin_inset Index idx
40918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40925 \begin_inset Index idx
40928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40937 \begin_layout Standard
40938 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40942 \begin_layout Subsection
40944 \begin_inset Index idx
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 \begin_layout Standard
40957 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40961 \begin_layout Subsection
40963 \begin_inset Index idx
40966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40967 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40978 Reconfiguration of LyX
40982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 \begin_inset Index idx
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40999 Reconfiguration of LyX
41007 \begin_layout Standard
41008 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41009 and programs it needs; see also section
41010 \begin_inset space ~
41014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41016 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41023 \begin_layout Subsection
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41028 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41029 \begin_inset space ~
41033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41035 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41042 \begin_layout Section
41044 \begin_inset Index idx
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41056 \begin_layout Standard
41057 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41059 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
41062 \begin_layout Standard
41066 \begin_inset space ~
41071 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41072 found by LyX (see also section
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41079 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41086 \begin_layout Section
41088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41090 name "sec:Toolbars"
41097 \begin_layout Standard
41098 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41099 \begin_inset space ~
41103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41105 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41112 \begin_layout Standard
41113 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41114 This is described in the
41116 Additional Features
41121 \begin_layout Subsection
41123 \begin_inset Index idx
41126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41135 \begin_layout Standard
41136 \begin_inset Graphics
41137 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41145 \begin_layout Standard
41146 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41152 \begin_layout Standard
41153 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41170 \begin_inset Note Note
41173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41174 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41179 manual for more information.
41187 \begin_layout Standard
41188 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41194 \begin_layout Standard
41195 \begin_inset Tabular
41196 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41197 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41205 \begin_inset Graphics
41206 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41220 pull-down box for the environments
41233 \begin_layout Standard
41234 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41240 \begin_layout Standard
41242 \begin_inset Tabular
41243 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41244 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41245 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41246 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41270 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41300 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41330 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41346 arg "dialog-show print"
41354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41360 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41367 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41376 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41390 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41420 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41450 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41457 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41480 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41510 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41540 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41556 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41570 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41585 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41594 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41608 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41609 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41637 Emphasize text, function of the
41639 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41641 \begin_inset space ~
41652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 Set text to noun style, function of the
41675 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41677 \begin_inset space ~
41688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41697 arg "textstyle-apply"
41705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41709 Formats text using the current settings in the
41711 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41713 \begin_inset space ~
41724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41748 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41750 \begin_inset space ~
41759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41768 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41796 arg "tabular-insert"
41804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41838 Toggle outline window on/off,
41840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41856 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41868 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41883 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41895 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41908 \begin_layout Subsection
41910 \begin_inset Index idx
41913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41922 \begin_layout Standard
41923 \begin_inset Graphics
41924 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41932 \begin_layout Standard
41933 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41939 \begin_layout Standard
41940 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41944 \begin_layout Standard
41945 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41951 \begin_layout Standard
41952 \begin_inset Tabular
41953 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41954 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41955 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41956 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41993 arg "layout Enumerate"
42001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42020 arg "layout Itemize"
42028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42038 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42074 arg "layout Description"
42082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42101 arg "depth-increment"
42109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42115 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42117 \begin_inset space ~
42121 \begin_inset space ~
42130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42139 arg "depth-decrement"
42147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42153 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42155 \begin_inset space ~
42159 \begin_inset space ~
42168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 arg "float-insert figure"
42185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42192 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42208 arg "float-insert table"
42216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42223 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42299 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42345 \begin_inset space ~
42354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42363 arg "nomencl-insert"
42371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42379 \begin_inset space ~
42388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42397 arg "footnote-insert"
42405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42427 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42443 \begin_inset space ~
42452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42476 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42478 \begin_inset space ~
42487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42496 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42587 \begin_inset space ~
42596 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42605 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42620 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42636 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42653 \begin_inset space ~
42662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42671 arg "dialog-show character"
42679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42685 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42687 \begin_inset space ~
42696 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42705 arg "layout-paragraph"
42713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42719 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42721 \begin_inset space ~
42730 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42739 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42753 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42767 \begin_layout Subsection
42768 View / Update Toolbar
42769 \begin_inset Index idx
42772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42773 Toolbar ! View / Update
42781 \begin_layout Standard
42782 \begin_inset Graphics
42783 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42790 \begin_layout Standard
42791 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42797 \begin_layout Standard
42798 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42802 \begin_layout Standard
42803 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42809 \begin_layout Standard
42810 \begin_inset Tabular
42811 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42812 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42813 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42814 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42838 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42854 arg "buffer-update"
42862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42868 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42884 arg "master-buffer-view"
42892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42898 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42914 arg "master-buffer-update"
42922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42928 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42930 \begin_inset space ~
42939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42948 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42963 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42964 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42965 Synchronize with Output
42971 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42976 \begin_inset Graphics
42977 filename ../images/view-others.png
42979 groupId toolbarbuttons
42990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42996 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42997 View (Other Formats)
43003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43008 \begin_inset Graphics
43009 filename ../images/update-others.png
43011 groupId toolbarbuttons
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43027 Update (Other Formats)
43040 \begin_layout Standard
43041 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43045 \begin_layout Subsection
43049 \begin_layout Standard
43050 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43051 \begin_inset space ~
43055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43057 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43061 , the table toolbar
43062 \begin_inset Index idx
43065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43074 \begin_inset space ~
43079 manual, the math macro toolbar
43080 \begin_inset Index idx
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43096 \begin_layout Chapter
43097 The Document Settings
43098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43100 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43105 \begin_inset Index idx
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43109 Document ! Settings
43117 \begin_layout Standard
43118 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43119 whole document and is called with the menu
43121 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43125 You can save your document settings as default with the
43127 Save as Document Defaults
43129 button in the dialog.
43130 This will create a template named
43134 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43138 \begin_layout Standard
43143 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43144 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43147 \begin_layout Standard
43148 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
43151 \begin_layout Section
43155 \begin_layout Standard
43156 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43158 Document classes are described in section
43159 \begin_inset space ~
43163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43165 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43173 \begin_layout Standard
43177 \begin_inset space ~
43182 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43186 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43187 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43189 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43198 \begin_layout Standard
43199 Some classes use special class options by default.
43200 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43204 and you can decide to use them or not.
43205 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43206 recommended to use them untouched.
43211 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43216 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43217 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43223 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43224 \begin_inset Newline newline
43229 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43232 \begin_inset Newline newline
43235 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43241 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43243 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43255 \begin_layout Standard
43256 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43258 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43259 document is opened without its master.
43260 This way child documents are always compilable.
43261 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43268 \begin_inset space ~
43276 \begin_layout Standard
43277 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43287 \begin_inset Index idx
43290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43291 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43297 \begin_inset Index idx
43300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43301 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43306 for cross-references, see sec.
43307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43313 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43320 \begin_layout Section
43324 \begin_layout Standard
43325 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43326 Please refer to the section
43329 \begin_inset space ~
43337 \begin_inset space ~
43342 manual for details.
43345 \begin_layout Section
43349 \begin_layout Standard
43350 Modules are explained in section
43351 \begin_inset space ~
43355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43357 reference "sub:Modules"
43364 \begin_layout Section
43368 \begin_layout Standard
43370 \begin_inset space ~
43374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43376 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43383 \begin_layout Section
43387 \begin_layout Standard
43388 The document font settings are described in section
43389 \begin_inset space ~
43393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43395 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43402 \begin_layout Section
43406 \begin_layout Standard
43407 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43409 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43412 \begin_layout Standard
43413 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43414 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43416 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43419 \begin_layout Section
43423 \begin_layout Standard
43424 A description of this menu is given in section
43425 \begin_inset space ~
43429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43431 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43438 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43445 \begin_layout Section
43449 \begin_layout Standard
43450 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43451 \begin_inset space ~
43455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43457 reference "sub:Margins"
43464 \begin_layout Section
43466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43468 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43473 \begin_inset Index idx
43476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43477 Language ! Encoding
43485 \begin_layout Standard
43486 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43487 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43488 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43489 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43490 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43491 known for a particular character).
43495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43496 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43501 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43506 manual for details.
43514 \begin_layout Standard
43515 If you use the option
43519 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43520 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43521 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43522 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43523 exactly one encoding.
43524 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43527 \begin_layout Standard
43528 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43529 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43530 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43531 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43532 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43533 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43538 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43539 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43540 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43541 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43542 engines to standard LaTeX.
43543 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43544 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43547 \begin_inset space ~
43554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43566 \begin_inset space ~
43573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43585 \begin_inset space ~
43591 \begin_inset space ~
43595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43597 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43602 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43606 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43609 \begin_layout Standard
43613 \begin_inset space ~
43618 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43628 The possible settings are:
43631 \begin_layout Description
43632 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43634 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43635 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43639 \begin_inset space ~
43643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43645 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43652 \begin_layout Description
43653 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43654 format you will use.
43655 In many cases this will be
43660 \begin_inset Index idx
43663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43664 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43670 If the newer package
43675 \begin_inset Index idx
43678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43679 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43684 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43685 this package will be used instead of
43692 \begin_layout Description
43694 \begin_inset space ~
43705 would be more appropriate.
43708 \begin_layout Description
43709 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43710 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43714 (for German texts), type in
43717 \begin_inset Newline newline
43722 usepackage{ngerman}
43725 \begin_layout Description
43726 None will not use a language package.
43727 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43730 \begin_layout Standard
43731 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43734 \begin_layout Description
43736 \begin_inset space ~
43740 \begin_inset space ~
43744 \begin_inset space ~
43751 , but the LaTeX-package
43756 \begin_inset Index idx
43759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43760 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43766 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43767 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43768 languages in TeX code.
43771 \begin_layout Description
43772 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43773 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43774 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43777 \begin_layout Description
43779 \begin_inset space ~
43783 \begin_inset space ~
43786 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43789 \begin_layout Description
43791 \begin_inset space ~
43795 \begin_inset space ~
43798 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43801 \begin_layout Description
43803 \begin_inset space ~
43806 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43809 \begin_layout Description
43811 \begin_inset space ~
43815 \begin_inset space ~
43818 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43819 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43822 \begin_layout Description
43824 \begin_inset space ~
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43831 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43835 \begin_layout Description
43837 \begin_inset space ~
43841 \begin_inset space ~
43844 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43845 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43848 \begin_layout Description
43850 \begin_inset space ~
43854 \begin_inset space ~
43858 \begin_inset space ~
43861 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43862 \begin_inset space ~
43868 \begin_layout Description
43870 \begin_inset space ~
43874 \begin_inset space ~
43878 \begin_inset space ~
43881 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43882 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43885 \begin_layout Description
43887 \begin_inset space ~
43891 \begin_inset space ~
43894 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43895 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43896 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43897 \begin_inset space ~
43901 \begin_inset space ~
43907 \begin_layout Description
43909 \begin_inset space ~
43913 \begin_inset space ~
43916 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43917 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43918 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43919 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43920 \begin_inset space ~
43924 \begin_inset space ~
43930 \begin_layout Description
43932 \begin_inset space ~
43936 \begin_inset space ~
43939 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43942 \begin_layout Description
43944 \begin_inset space ~
43948 \begin_inset space ~
43951 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43954 \begin_layout Description
43956 \begin_inset space ~
43960 \begin_inset space ~
43963 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43966 \begin_layout Description
43968 \begin_inset space ~
43971 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43974 \begin_layout Description
43976 \begin_inset space ~
43979 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43982 \begin_layout Description
43984 \begin_inset space ~
43988 \begin_inset space ~
43991 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43994 \begin_layout Description
43996 \begin_inset space ~
44000 \begin_inset space ~
44006 \begin_layout Description
44008 \begin_inset space ~
44012 \begin_inset space ~
44015 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44018 \begin_layout Description
44020 \begin_inset space ~
44024 \begin_inset space ~
44030 \begin_layout Description
44032 \begin_inset space ~
44036 \begin_inset space ~
44039 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44044 \begin_inset Index idx
44047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44048 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44053 , when using this, set the document language to
44058 \begin_layout Description
44060 \begin_inset space ~
44064 \begin_inset space ~
44067 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44071 , when using this, set the document language to
44074 \begin_inset space ~
44080 \begin_layout Description
44082 \begin_inset space ~
44086 \begin_inset space ~
44089 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44094 \begin_inset Index idx
44097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44098 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44103 , when using this, set the document language to
44108 \begin_layout Description
44110 \begin_inset space ~
44114 \begin_inset space ~
44117 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44121 , when using this, set the document language to
44126 \begin_layout Description
44128 \begin_inset space ~
44132 \begin_inset space ~
44135 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44139 , when using this, set the document language to
44144 \begin_layout Description
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44149 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44152 \begin_layout Description
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44158 \begin_inset space ~
44162 \begin_inset space ~
44165 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44168 \begin_layout Description
44170 \begin_inset space ~
44174 \begin_inset space ~
44178 \begin_inset space ~
44181 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44182 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44183 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44186 \begin_layout Description
44188 \begin_inset space ~
44192 \begin_inset space ~
44198 \begin_layout Description
44200 \begin_inset space ~
44204 \begin_inset space ~
44207 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44208 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44211 \begin_layout Description
44213 \begin_inset space ~
44217 \begin_inset space ~
44220 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44225 \begin_inset Index idx
44228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44229 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44234 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44237 \begin_layout Description
44239 \begin_inset space ~
44243 \begin_inset space ~
44246 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44254 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44259 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44261 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44264 \begin_layout Description
44266 \begin_inset space ~
44270 \begin_inset space ~
44273 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44278 \begin_inset Index idx
44281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44282 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44287 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44290 \begin_layout Description
44292 \begin_inset space ~
44295 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44300 \begin_inset Index idx
44303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44304 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44310 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44314 \begin_layout Description
44316 \begin_inset space ~
44320 \begin_inset space ~
44324 \begin_inset space ~
44327 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44328 \begin_inset space ~
44334 \begin_layout Description
44336 \begin_inset space ~
44340 \begin_inset space ~
44344 \begin_inset space ~
44347 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44348 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44349 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44353 \begin_layout Description
44355 \begin_inset space ~
44359 \begin_inset space ~
44363 \begin_inset space ~
44366 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44367 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44370 \begin_layout Standard
44371 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44375 LatexCommand formatted
44376 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44380 for more information on the language package.
44383 \begin_layout Section
44385 \begin_inset Index idx
44388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44395 \begin_inset Index idx
44398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44407 \begin_layout Standard
44408 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44410 \begin_inset space ~
44413 out notes (default: light grey).
44418 sets the color back to the default.
44421 \begin_layout Standard
44422 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44424 \begin_inset space ~
44427 boxes (default: red).
44430 \begin_layout Standard
44431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44435 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44437 \begin_inset space ~
44440 out note appears blue in the output.)
44448 \begin_layout Standard
44449 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44452 \begin_inset space ~
44457 in the document settings under
44460 \begin_inset space ~
44465 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44468 \begin_inset space ~
44476 \begin_inset space ~
44482 For example the option
44485 \begin_layout Standard
44491 \begin_layout Standard
44492 sets the link text color to black.
44493 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44498 \begin_inset Index idx
44501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44502 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44508 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44517 \begin_layout Standard
44518 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44524 \begin_layout Standard
44525 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44526 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44527 \begin_inset space ~
44530 Code behind a forced page break:
44533 \begin_layout Itemize
44534 For the page color:
44535 \begin_inset Newline newline
44542 pagecolor{color name}
44545 \begin_layout Itemize
44546 For the text color:
44547 \begin_inset Newline newline
44557 \begin_layout Standard
44558 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44591 \begin_inset Newline newline
44594 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44598 \begin_layout Itemize
44599 For the page background color:
44600 \begin_inset Newline newline
44605 page_backgroundcolor
44608 \begin_layout Itemize
44609 For the main text color:
44610 \begin_inset Newline newline
44618 \begin_layout Itemize
44620 \begin_inset space ~
44623 box background color:
44624 \begin_inset Newline newline
44632 \begin_layout Itemize
44634 \begin_inset space ~
44637 out note text color:
44638 \begin_inset Newline newline
44646 \begin_layout Standard
44647 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44650 \begin_inset space ~
44658 \begin_inset space ~
44666 \begin_layout Section
44670 \begin_layout Standard
44671 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44672 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44673 \begin_inset space ~
44677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44679 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44686 \begin_layout Section
44690 \begin_layout Standard
44691 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44696 \begin_inset Index idx
44699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44700 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44710 \begin_inset Index idx
44713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44714 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44720 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44725 \begin_inset Index idx
44728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44729 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44734 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44736 For a further description see section
44737 \begin_inset space ~
44741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44743 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44750 \begin_layout Section
44754 \begin_layout Standard
44755 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44756 and you can define additional indexes.
44757 Please refer to section
44758 \begin_inset space ~
44762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44764 reference "sec:Index"
44771 \begin_layout Section
44775 \begin_layout Standard
44776 The PDF properties are explained in section
44777 \begin_inset space ~
44781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44783 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44790 \begin_layout Section
44794 \begin_layout Standard
44795 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44800 \begin_inset Index idx
44803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44804 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44814 \begin_inset Index idx
44817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44818 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44828 \begin_inset Index idx
44831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44832 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44842 \begin_inset Index idx
44845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44846 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44851 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44854 \begin_layout Description
44855 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44856 ensure that you have enabled
44859 \begin_inset space ~
44867 \begin_layout Description
44868 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44871 \begin_inset space ~
44883 \begin_layout Description
44884 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44895 \begin_layout Description
44896 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44898 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44907 \begin_layout Section
44911 \begin_layout Standard
44912 The float placement options are described in section
44915 \begin_inset space ~
44923 \begin_inset space ~
44931 \begin_layout Section
44935 \begin_layout Standard
44936 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44938 Program Code Listings
44943 \begin_inset space ~
44951 \begin_layout Section
44955 \begin_layout Standard
44956 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44957 The itemize environment is described in section
44958 \begin_inset space ~
44962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44964 reference "sec:Itemize"
44971 \begin_layout Section
44975 \begin_layout Standard
44976 Branches are described in section
44977 \begin_inset space ~
44981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44983 reference "sec:Branches"
44990 \begin_layout Section
44992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44994 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45001 \begin_layout Standard
45002 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45005 \begin_layout Description
45007 \begin_inset space ~
45011 \begin_inset space ~
45014 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45034 View Master Document
45035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45042 Update Master Document
45043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45050 menu or the toolbar.
45051 The default is set in
45053 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45054 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45063 LatexCommand formatted
45064 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45071 \begin_layout Description
45073 \begin_inset space ~
45077 \begin_inset space ~
45080 Output settings for the menu
45082 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45084 \begin_inset space ~
45090 For a detailed description see section
45092 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45097 \begin_inset space ~
45105 \begin_layout Description
45107 \begin_inset space ~
45111 \begin_inset space ~
45114 Options settings for the export format
45122 \begin_inset space ~
45127 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45128 \begin_inset space ~
45131 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45135 \begin_inset space ~
45140 settings are described in detail in section
45142 Math Output in XHTML
45147 \begin_inset space ~
45153 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45156 \begin_layout Section
45161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45171 \begin_layout Standard
45172 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
45173 to define LaTeX-commands.
45174 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45175 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45179 \begin_layout Standard
45180 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45181 \begin_inset space ~
45185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45187 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45194 \begin_layout Chapter
45200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45202 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45207 \begin_inset Index idx
45210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45219 \begin_layout Standard
45220 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45222 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45226 It has the following submenus.
45229 \begin_layout Section
45233 \begin_layout Subsection
45237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45238 User Interface File
45239 \begin_inset Index idx
45242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45243 Customization ! of toolbars
45249 \begin_inset Index idx
45252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45253 Customization ! of menus
45261 \begin_layout Standard
45262 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45263 interface (ui) file.
45264 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45265 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45274 Both files are loaded by the
45279 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45280 files and edit the entries.
45283 \begin_layout Standard
45284 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45296 entries must be finished with an explicit
45321 and in the case of the
45322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45334 The syntax for the entries is:
45337 \begin_layout Standard
45338 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45366 \begin_layout Standard
45368 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45371 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45373 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45375 \begin_inset space ~
45383 \begin_layout Standard
45384 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45390 \begin_layout Standard
45391 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45393 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45396 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45400 \begin_layout Standard
45401 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45425 \begin_layout Standard
45427 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45438 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45445 \begin_layout Standard
45446 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45447 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45448 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45451 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45458 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45462 \begin_layout Standard
45465 Enable tool tips in main work area
45467 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45475 \begin_layout Standard
45478 Restore window layouts and geometries
45480 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45481 in the last LyX session.
45484 \begin_layout Standard
45487 Restore cursor positions
45489 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45493 \begin_layout Standard
45496 Load opened files from last session
45498 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45501 \begin_layout Standard
45504 Clear all session information
45506 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45507 of last opened documents, etc.).
45510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45514 name "sub:Backup documents"
45519 \begin_inset Index idx
45522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45531 \begin_layout Standard
45534 Backup original documents when saving
45536 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45537 it was saved the last time.
45538 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45541 \begin_inset space ~
45547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45549 reference "sec:Paths"
45554 The backup file has the file extension
45555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45569 \begin_layout Standard
45572 Backup documents, every
45574 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45577 \begin_layout Standard
45580 Save documents compressed by default
45582 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45585 \begin_layout Standard
45590 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45593 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45595 \begin_inset space ~
45603 \begin_layout Standard
45606 Open documents in tabs
45608 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45612 \begin_layout Standard
45617 is only active on Unix systems.
45618 If it is checked, documents loaded via a LyXServer pipe
45622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45630 reference "sec:Paths"
45634 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45639 will be opened in the same running instance of LyX.
45640 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file in the pipe.
45643 \begin_layout Standard
45646 Single close-tab button
45648 there will only be one button (
45651 \begin_inset Graphics
45652 filename ../images/closetab.png
45659 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45660 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45663 \begin_layout Standard
45664 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45672 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45680 \begin_layout Subsection
45682 \begin_inset Index idx
45685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45694 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45701 \begin_layout Standard
45702 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45705 \begin_layout Standard
45706 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45714 This section only deals with the fonts
45719 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45723 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45734 \begin_layout Standard
45735 By default, LyX uses
45739 as roman (serif) font,
45747 (depends on the system) as
45750 \begin_inset space ~
45766 \begin_layout Standard
45767 You can change the font size with the
45774 \begin_layout Standard
45779 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45784 points have the size of 1
45785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45789 \begin_inset space ~
45793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45795 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45800 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45801 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45805 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45806 \begin_inset space ~
45810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45812 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45819 \begin_layout Standard
45822 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45824 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45825 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45826 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45827 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45829 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45830 \begin_inset space ~
45836 \begin_layout Subsection
45838 \begin_inset Index idx
45841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45848 \begin_inset Index idx
45851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45860 \begin_layout Standard
45861 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45862 Choose an item in the list and use the
45869 \begin_layout Standard
45870 By using the option
45874 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45877 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45878 \begin_inset space ~
45882 \begin_inset space ~
45887 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45890 \begin_layout Subsection
45892 \begin_inset Index idx
45895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45904 \begin_layout Standard
45905 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45908 \begin_layout Standard
45913 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45914 This feature is described in section
45915 \begin_inset space ~
45919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45921 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45928 \begin_layout Standard
45932 \begin_inset space ~
45936 \begin_inset space ~
45940 \begin_inset space ~
45945 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45948 \begin_layout Section
45950 \begin_inset Index idx
45953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45962 \begin_layout Subsection
45966 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45970 \begin_layout Standard
45973 Cursor follows scrollbar
45975 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45979 \begin_layout Standard
45980 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
45981 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45982 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45985 \begin_layout Standard
45988 Scroll below end of document
45990 is self-explanatory.
45993 \begin_layout Standard
45994 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46001 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46003 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46004 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46007 \begin_layout Standard
46010 Sort environments alphabetically
46012 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46015 \begin_layout Standard
46018 Group environments by their category
46020 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46023 \begin_layout Standard
46024 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46040 \begin_layout Standard
46041 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46046 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46047 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text appears
46051 \begin_layout Subsection
46053 \begin_inset Index idx
46056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46063 \begin_inset Index idx
46066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46067 Settings ! Shortcuts
46075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46079 \begin_layout Standard
46080 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46081 Several binding files are available:
46084 \begin_layout Description
46085 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46088 \begin_layout Description
46089 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46100 \begin_layout Description
46101 mac.bind set of bindings for
46104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46112 \begin_layout Standard
46113 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46117 , and bind files for special languages.
46118 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46123 \begin_inset space \space{}
46127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46135 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46139 \begin_layout Standard
46140 Some bind-files, like
46144 , have only a small scope.
46145 When looking at the end of the file
46149 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46156 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46161 \begin_inset Index idx
46164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46165 Key Bindings ! Editing
46173 \begin_layout Standard
46174 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46175 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46176 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46179 Show key-bindings containing
46182 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46183 Insert there for example as keyword
46184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46191 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46201 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46202 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46206 that you will find in the
46213 \begin_layout Standard
46215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46219 \begin_inset space \space{}
46230 , select the function and press the
46235 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46236 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46237 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46238 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46239 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46241 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46243 The binding for the function
46247 is an example of this.
46250 \begin_layout Standard
46251 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46253 The syntax of the entries is:
46256 \begin_layout Standard
46262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46280 \begin_layout Subsection
46282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46284 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46289 \begin_inset Index idx
46292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46299 \begin_inset Index idx
46302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46303 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46311 \begin_layout Standard
46312 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46313 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46319 \begin_inset space \space{}
46322 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46323 can use the keyboard map file named
46330 \begin_layout Standard
46331 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46339 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46347 \begin_layout Standard
46348 You can furthermore specify here the
46350 Wheel scrolling speed
46353 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46357 \begin_layout Standard
46362 you can select a key for zooming.
46363 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46366 \begin_layout Subsection
46370 \begin_layout Standard
46371 Input completion is described in sec.
46372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46378 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46385 \begin_layout Section
46387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46394 \begin_inset Index idx
46397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46404 \begin_inset Index idx
46407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46416 \begin_layout Description
46418 \begin_inset space ~
46421 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46422 It is the default when you
46433 \begin_inset space ~
46441 \begin_layout Description
46443 \begin_inset space ~
46446 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46448 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46450 \begin_inset space ~
46454 \begin_inset space ~
46462 \begin_layout Description
46464 \begin_inset space ~
46467 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46473 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46477 \begin_inset Newline newline
46481 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46493 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46501 \begin_layout Description
46503 \begin_inset space ~
46507 \begin_inset Index idx
46510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46516 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46517 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46518 \begin_inset space ~
46522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46524 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46532 will be used to save the backups.
46533 \begin_inset Newline newline
46536 Backup files have the ending
46537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46547 \begin_layout Description
46552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46559 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a UNIX-pipe.
46560 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46561 \begin_inset Newline newline
46568 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
46569 You can edit this file with the program
46578 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46581 \begin_inset space ~
46587 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46592 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46593 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46599 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46600 \begin_inset Newline newline
46604 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46612 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
46620 \begin_layout Description
46622 \begin_inset space ~
46625 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46628 \begin_layout Description
46630 \begin_inset space ~
46633 directory Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46634 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46635 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46638 \begin_layout Description
46640 \begin_inset space ~
46643 directory Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46649 You only need to specify it if you are using
46653 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46659 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46663 \begin_layout Description
46665 \begin_inset space ~
46668 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46669 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46670 to find it on the system.
46671 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46672 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46681 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46682 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46685 \begin_layout Description
46687 \begin_inset space ~
46690 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46691 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46692 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46694 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46695 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46696 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46697 scanned for the input files.
46698 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46699 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46700 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46701 on may fail for some documents.
46704 \begin_layout Section
46708 \begin_layout Standard
46709 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46710 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46712 \begin_inset space ~
46716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46718 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46722 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46725 \begin_layout Section
46727 \begin_inset Index idx
46730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46731 Language ! Settings
46737 \begin_inset Index idx
46740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46741 Settings ! Language
46749 \begin_layout Subsection
46751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46753 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46760 \begin_layout Description
46762 \begin_inset space ~
46766 \begin_inset space ~
46769 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46770 You find the actual translation status here:
46771 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46773 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46780 \begin_layout Description
46782 \begin_inset space ~
46785 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46787 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46788 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46805 The most widespread language package is
46810 \begin_inset Index idx
46813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46814 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46819 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46820 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
46821 with the alternative language package
46826 \begin_inset Index idx
46829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46830 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46835 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46836 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46838 The available selections are described in sec.
46839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46845 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46852 \begin_layout Description
46854 \begin_inset space ~
46857 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46858 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46859 An example is the start command
46865 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46870 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46885 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46890 \begin_layout Description
46892 \begin_inset space ~
46900 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46901 command toggles the package on and off.
46904 \begin_layout Description
46906 \begin_inset space ~
46910 \begin_inset space ~
46913 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46917 \begin_layout Description
46919 \begin_inset space ~
46923 \begin_inset space ~
46926 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46927 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46928 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46929 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46936 \begin_layout Description
46938 \begin_inset space ~
46941 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46943 When this option is not set, the
46946 \begin_inset space ~
46951 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46952 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46955 \begin_inset space ~
46963 \begin_layout Description
46965 \begin_inset space ~
46971 \begin_inset space ~
46977 When it is not set, the
46980 \begin_inset space ~
46985 is set to the end of the document.
46988 \begin_layout Description
46990 \begin_inset space ~
46994 \begin_inset space ~
46997 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46998 language will be underlined blue.
47001 \begin_layout Description
47003 \begin_inset space ~
47007 \begin_inset space ~
47010 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47011 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47014 \begin_layout Description
47016 \begin_inset space ~
47019 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47020 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47021 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47022 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47025 \begin_layout Subsection
47029 \begin_layout Standard
47030 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47031 \begin_inset space ~
47035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47037 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47044 \begin_layout Section
47048 \begin_layout Subsection
47052 \begin_layout Description
47054 \begin_inset space ~
47058 \begin_inset space ~
47061 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47064 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47065 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47067 \begin_inset space ~
47073 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47077 \begin_layout Description
47079 \begin_inset space ~
47083 \begin_inset Index idx
47086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47093 \begin_inset Index idx
47096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47097 Settings ! Date format
47102 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47103 \begin_inset Newline newline
47107 \begin_inset Flex URL
47110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47112 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47118 \begin_inset Newline newline
47121 For example the format
47122 \begin_inset Newline newline
47126 \begin_inset Newline newline
47129 prints the date as day/month/year.
47132 \begin_layout Description
47134 \begin_inset space ~
47138 \begin_inset space ~
47141 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47144 \begin_layout Description
47146 \begin_inset space ~
47149 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47151 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47153 \begin_inset space ~
47159 For a detailed description see section
47161 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47166 \begin_inset space ~
47174 \begin_layout Subsection
47176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47183 \begin_inset Index idx
47186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47193 \begin_inset Index idx
47196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47205 \begin_layout Description
47207 \begin_inset space ~
47210 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47211 The name will be used when the
47216 \begin_inset Newline newline
47220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47228 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47236 \begin_layout Description
47238 \begin_inset space ~
47241 command is the command LyX
47242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47249 LaTeX uses for printing.
47250 The default is on most systems
47257 \begin_layout Description
47259 \begin_inset space ~
47263 \begin_inset space ~
47266 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47267 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47268 of the program that provides the
47275 \begin_layout Description
47277 \begin_inset space ~
47281 \begin_inset space ~
47285 \begin_inset space ~
47288 printer This option works only for the
47293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47305 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47306 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47309 \begin_layout Subsection
47314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47324 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47329 \begin_inset Index idx
47332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47341 \begin_layout Description
47343 \begin_inset space ~
47350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47358 \begin_inset space ~
47362 \begin_inset space ~
47365 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47370 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47391 are used for Cyrillic.
47392 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47405 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47406 LyX sets up in the background.
47407 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47410 \begin_layout Description
47412 \begin_inset space ~
47416 \begin_inset space ~
47419 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47424 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47427 \begin_layout Description
47429 \begin_inset space ~
47433 \begin_inset space ~
47437 \begin_inset space ~
47441 \begin_inset space ~
47444 options They only have an effect when the program
47448 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47451 \begin_layout Standard
47452 You can also specify here options and commands with parameters for processors.
47453 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47454 manuals of the applications.
47457 \begin_layout Description
47459 \begin_inset space ~
47462 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47463 \begin_inset space ~
47467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47469 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47476 \begin_layout Description
47478 \begin_inset space ~
47481 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47482 \begin_inset space ~
47486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47488 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47495 \begin_layout Description
47497 \begin_inset space ~
47500 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47501 \begin_inset space ~
47505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47507 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47514 \begin_layout Description
47519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47527 \begin_inset space ~
47530 command Command for the program
47534 that is described in the section
47540 Additional Features
47545 \begin_layout Standard
47546 There are additionally the following options:
47549 \begin_layout Description
47551 \begin_inset space ~
47555 \begin_inset space ~
47559 \begin_inset space ~
47563 \begin_inset space ~
47567 \begin_inset space ~
47570 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47588 to separate folders.
47589 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47590 \begin_inset Index idx
47593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47600 \begin_inset Index idx
47603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47612 \begin_layout Description
47614 \begin_inset space ~
47618 \begin_inset space ~
47622 \begin_inset space ~
47626 \begin_inset space ~
47630 \begin_inset space ~
47634 \begin_inset space ~
47637 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47642 dialog when changing the document class.
47645 \begin_layout Section
47647 \begin_inset space ~
47651 \begin_inset Index idx
47654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47663 \begin_layout Subsection
47665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47667 name "sub:Converters"
47672 \begin_inset Index idx
47675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47684 \begin_layout Standard
47685 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47686 from one format to another.
47687 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47688 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47695 \begin_inset space ~
47705 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47709 \begin_inset space ~
47714 drop-down list, modify the
47718 field and press the
47725 \begin_layout Standard
47728 Converter File Cache
47730 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47733 Maximum Age (in days
47736 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47737 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47740 \begin_layout Standard
47741 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47742 definition, is described in the section
47753 \begin_layout Subsection
47755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47757 name "sec:File-Formats"
47762 \begin_inset Index idx
47765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47772 \begin_inset Index idx
47775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47784 \begin_layout Standard
47785 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47786 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47790 \begin_layout Standard
47791 Furthermore, you can define the
47793 Default output format
47795 that is used when you use
47797 View, Update, View Master Document
47801 Update Master Document
47807 menu or the toolbar.
47810 \begin_layout Standard
47811 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47822 \begin_layout Standard
47823 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47824 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47825 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47826 This is done by specifying a
47831 More about this is described in the section
47842 \begin_layout Chapter
47843 Units available in LyX
47844 \begin_inset Index idx
47847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47856 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47863 \begin_layout Standard
47864 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47867 reference "cap:Units"
47871 explains all units available in LyX.
47874 \begin_layout Standard
47875 \begin_inset Float table
47881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47882 \begin_inset Caption
47884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47900 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47908 \begin_inset Tabular
47909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47910 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48063 scaled point (65536
48064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48068 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48124 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48179 % of original image width
48186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48393 \begin_layout Chapter
48395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48404 \begin_layout Standard
48405 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48406 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48409 \begin_layout Itemize
48412 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48415 \begin_layout Itemize
48421 \begin_layout Itemize
48427 \begin_layout Itemize
48433 \begin_layout Itemize
48439 \begin_layout Itemize
48445 \begin_layout Itemize
48451 \begin_layout Itemize
48457 \begin_layout Itemize
48460 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48463 \begin_layout Itemize
48469 \begin_layout Itemize
48475 \begin_layout Itemize
48481 \begin_layout Itemize
48487 \begin_layout Itemize
48493 \begin_layout Itemize
48499 \begin_layout Itemize
48505 \begin_layout Itemize
48511 \begin_layout Itemize
48513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48522 \begin_layout Standard
48523 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48526 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48533 \begin_layout Bibliography
48534 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48535 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48536 LatexCommand bibitem
48543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48546 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48551 \begin_inset Newline newline
48555 \begin_inset Flex URL
48558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48560 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48568 \begin_layout Bibliography
48569 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48570 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48571 LatexCommand bibitem
48572 key "latexcompanion"
48576 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48578 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48581 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48584 \begin_layout Bibliography
48585 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48586 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48587 LatexCommand bibitem
48592 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48595 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48598 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48601 \begin_layout Bibliography
48602 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48603 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48604 LatexCommand bibitem
48611 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48614 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48617 \begin_layout Bibliography
48618 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48620 LatexCommand bibitem
48632 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48635 \begin_layout Bibliography
48636 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48637 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48638 LatexCommand bibitem
48644 \begin_inset Newline newline
48648 \begin_inset Flex URL
48651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48653 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48661 \begin_layout Bibliography
48662 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48664 LatexCommand bibitem
48670 \begin_inset Newline newline
48674 \begin_inset Flex URL
48677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48679 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48687 \begin_layout Bibliography
48688 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48689 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48690 LatexCommand bibitem
48696 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48698 name "Documentation"
48699 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48708 \begin_inset Newline newline
48712 \begin_inset Flex URL
48715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48717 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48725 \begin_layout Bibliography
48726 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48728 LatexCommand bibitem
48734 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48736 name "Documentation"
48737 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48741 how to use the program
48746 \begin_inset Newline newline
48750 \begin_inset Flex URL
48753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48755 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48763 \begin_layout Bibliography
48764 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48765 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48766 LatexCommand bibitem
48772 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48774 name "Documentation"
48775 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48784 \begin_inset Newline newline
48788 \begin_inset Flex URL
48791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48793 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48801 \begin_layout Bibliography
48802 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48803 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48804 LatexCommand bibitem
48810 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48812 name "Documentation"
48813 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48822 \begin_inset Newline newline
48826 \begin_inset Flex URL
48829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48831 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48839 \begin_layout Bibliography
48840 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48841 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48842 LatexCommand bibitem
48848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48850 name "Documentation"
48851 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48855 of the LaTeX-package
48860 \begin_inset Index idx
48863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48864 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48870 \begin_inset Newline newline
48874 \begin_inset Flex URL
48877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48879 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48887 \begin_layout Bibliography
48888 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48889 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48890 LatexCommand bibitem
48896 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48898 name "Documentation"
48899 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48903 of the LaTeX-package
48908 \begin_inset Index idx
48911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48912 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48918 \begin_inset Newline newline
48922 \begin_inset Flex URL
48925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48927 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48935 \begin_layout Bibliography
48936 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48937 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48938 LatexCommand bibitem
48944 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48946 name "Documentation"
48947 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48951 of the LaTeX-package
48956 \begin_inset Index idx
48959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48960 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48966 \begin_inset Newline newline
48970 \begin_inset Flex URL
48973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48975 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48983 \begin_layout Bibliography
48984 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48985 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48986 LatexCommand bibitem
48994 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48996 name "Documentation"
48997 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49003 of the LaTeX-package
49008 \begin_inset Index idx
49011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49012 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49018 \begin_inset Newline newline
49022 \begin_inset Flex URL
49025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49027 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49035 \begin_layout Bibliography
49036 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49037 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49038 LatexCommand bibitem
49044 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49046 name "Documentation"
49047 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49051 of the LaTeX-package
49056 \begin_inset Index idx
49059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49060 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49066 \begin_inset Newline newline
49070 \begin_inset Flex URL
49073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49075 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49083 \begin_layout Bibliography
49084 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49085 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49086 LatexCommand bibitem
49092 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49094 name "Documentation"
49095 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49099 of the LaTeX-package
49104 \begin_inset Index idx
49107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49108 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49114 \begin_inset Newline newline
49118 \begin_inset Flex URL
49121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49123 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49131 \begin_layout Bibliography
49132 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49133 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49134 LatexCommand bibitem
49140 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49142 name "Documentation"
49143 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49147 of the LaTeX-package
49152 \begin_inset Index idx
49155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49156 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49162 \begin_inset Newline newline
49166 \begin_inset Flex URL
49169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49171 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49179 \begin_layout Bibliography
49180 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49181 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49182 LatexCommand bibitem
49188 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49190 name "Documentation"
49191 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49195 of the LaTeX-package
49200 \begin_inset Index idx
49203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49204 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49210 \begin_inset Newline newline
49214 \begin_inset Flex URL
49217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49219 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49227 \begin_layout Bibliography
49228 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49229 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49230 LatexCommand bibitem
49236 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49239 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49243 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49244 \begin_inset Newline newline
49248 \begin_inset Flex URL
49251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49253 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49261 \begin_layout Bibliography
49262 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49263 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49264 LatexCommand bibitem
49270 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49273 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49277 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49278 \begin_inset Newline newline
49282 \begin_inset Flex URL
49285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49287 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49295 \begin_layout Bibliography
49296 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49297 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49298 LatexCommand bibitem
49304 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49307 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49311 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49312 \begin_inset Newline newline
49316 \begin_inset Flex URL
49319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49321 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49329 \begin_layout Bibliography
49330 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49331 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49332 LatexCommand bibitem
49338 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49341 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49345 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49346 \begin_inset Newline newline
49350 \begin_inset Flex URL
49353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49355 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49363 \begin_layout Bibliography
49364 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49365 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49366 LatexCommand bibitem
49372 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49375 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49379 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49380 \begin_inset Newline newline
49384 \begin_inset Flex URL
49387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49389 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49397 \begin_layout Bibliography
49398 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49399 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49400 LatexCommand bibitem
49406 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49409 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49413 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49414 \begin_inset Newline newline
49418 \begin_inset Flex URL
49421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49423 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49431 \begin_layout Bibliography
49432 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49433 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49434 LatexCommand bibitem
49440 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49443 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49447 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49448 \begin_inset Newline newline
49452 \begin_inset Flex URL
49455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49457 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49465 \begin_layout Bibliography
49466 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49467 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49468 LatexCommand bibitem
49474 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49477 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49481 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49482 \begin_inset Newline newline
49486 \begin_inset Flex URL
49489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49491 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49499 \begin_layout Bibliography
49500 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49501 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49502 LatexCommand bibitem
49508 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49511 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49515 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49516 \begin_inset Newline newline
49520 \begin_inset Flex URL
49523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49525 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49533 \begin_layout Bibliography
49534 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49535 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49536 LatexCommand bibitem
49542 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49545 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49549 about new features in
49554 \begin_inset Newline newline
49558 \begin_inset Flex URL
49561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49563 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49571 \begin_layout Standard
49572 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49606 \begin_inset Note Note
49609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49616 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49617 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49618 bibliography is the second one:
49626 \begin_layout Standard
49627 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49628 LatexCommand bibtex
49629 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49630 options "biblio/alphadin"
49637 \begin_layout Standard
49638 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49641 \begin_layout Standard
49642 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49643 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49649 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49650 LatexCommand printindex